1@c Copyright (C) 1988-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 2@c This is part of the GCC manual. 3@c For copying conditions, see the file gcc.texi. 4 5@node Target Macros 6@chapter Target Description Macros and Functions 7@cindex machine description macros 8@cindex target description macros 9@cindex macros, target description 10@cindex @file{tm.h} macros 11 12In addition to the file @file{@var{machine}.md}, a machine description 13includes a C header file conventionally given the name 14@file{@var{machine}.h} and a C source file named @file{@var{machine}.c}. 15The header file defines numerous macros that convey the information 16about the target machine that does not fit into the scheme of the 17@file{.md} file. The file @file{tm.h} should be a link to 18@file{@var{machine}.h}. The header file @file{config.h} includes 19@file{tm.h} and most compiler source files include @file{config.h}. The 20source file defines a variable @code{targetm}, which is a structure 21containing pointers to functions and data relating to the target 22machine. @file{@var{machine}.c} should also contain their definitions, 23if they are not defined elsewhere in GCC, and other functions called 24through the macros defined in the @file{.h} file. 25 26@menu 27* Target Structure:: The @code{targetm} variable. 28* Driver:: Controlling how the driver runs the compilation passes. 29* Run-time Target:: Defining @samp{-m} options like @option{-m68000} and @option{-m68020}. 30* Per-Function Data:: Defining data structures for per-function information. 31* Storage Layout:: Defining sizes and alignments of data. 32* Type Layout:: Defining sizes and properties of basic user data types. 33* Registers:: Naming and describing the hardware registers. 34* Register Classes:: Defining the classes of hardware registers. 35* Stack and Calling:: Defining which way the stack grows and by how much. 36* Varargs:: Defining the varargs macros. 37* Trampolines:: Code set up at run time to enter a nested function. 38* Library Calls:: Controlling how library routines are implicitly called. 39* Addressing Modes:: Defining addressing modes valid for memory operands. 40* Anchored Addresses:: Defining how @option{-fsection-anchors} should work. 41* Condition Code:: Defining how insns update the condition code. 42* Costs:: Defining relative costs of different operations. 43* Scheduling:: Adjusting the behavior of the instruction scheduler. 44* Sections:: Dividing storage into text, data, and other sections. 45* PIC:: Macros for position independent code. 46* Assembler Format:: Defining how to write insns and pseudo-ops to output. 47* Debugging Info:: Defining the format of debugging output. 48* Floating Point:: Handling floating point for cross-compilers. 49* Mode Switching:: Insertion of mode-switching instructions. 50* Target Attributes:: Defining target-specific uses of @code{__attribute__}. 51* Emulated TLS:: Emulated TLS support. 52* MIPS Coprocessors:: MIPS coprocessor support and how to customize it. 53* PCH Target:: Validity checking for precompiled headers. 54* C++ ABI:: Controlling C++ ABI changes. 55* D Language and ABI:: Controlling D ABI changes. 56* Named Address Spaces:: Adding support for named address spaces 57* Misc:: Everything else. 58@end menu 59 60@node Target Structure 61@section The Global @code{targetm} Variable 62@cindex target hooks 63@cindex target functions 64 65@deftypevar {struct gcc_target} targetm 66The target @file{.c} file must define the global @code{targetm} variable 67which contains pointers to functions and data relating to the target 68machine. The variable is declared in @file{target.h}; 69@file{target-def.h} defines the macro @code{TARGET_INITIALIZER} which is 70used to initialize the variable, and macros for the default initializers 71for elements of the structure. The @file{.c} file should override those 72macros for which the default definition is inappropriate. For example: 73@smallexample 74#include "target.h" 75#include "target-def.h" 76 77/* @r{Initialize the GCC target structure.} */ 78 79#undef TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES 80#define TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES @var{machine}_comp_type_attributes 81 82struct gcc_target targetm = TARGET_INITIALIZER; 83@end smallexample 84@end deftypevar 85 86Where a macro should be defined in the @file{.c} file in this manner to 87form part of the @code{targetm} structure, it is documented below as a 88``Target Hook'' with a prototype. Many macros will change in future 89from being defined in the @file{.h} file to being part of the 90@code{targetm} structure. 91 92Similarly, there is a @code{targetcm} variable for hooks that are 93specific to front ends for C-family languages, documented as ``C 94Target Hook''. This is declared in @file{c-family/c-target.h}, the 95initializer @code{TARGETCM_INITIALIZER} in 96@file{c-family/c-target-def.h}. If targets initialize @code{targetcm} 97themselves, they should set @code{target_has_targetcm=yes} in 98@file{config.gcc}; otherwise a default definition is used. 99 100Similarly, there is a @code{targetm_common} variable for hooks that 101are shared between the compiler driver and the compilers proper, 102documented as ``Common Target Hook''. This is declared in 103@file{common/common-target.h}, the initializer 104@code{TARGETM_COMMON_INITIALIZER} in 105@file{common/common-target-def.h}. If targets initialize 106@code{targetm_common} themselves, they should set 107@code{target_has_targetm_common=yes} in @file{config.gcc}; otherwise a 108default definition is used. 109 110Similarly, there is a @code{targetdm} variable for hooks that are 111specific to the D language front end, documented as ``D Target Hook''. 112This is declared in @file{d/d-target.h}, the initializer 113@code{TARGETDM_INITIALIZER} in @file{d/d-target-def.h}. If targets 114initialize @code{targetdm} themselves, they should set 115@code{target_has_targetdm=yes} in @file{config.gcc}; otherwise a default 116definition is used. 117 118@node Driver 119@section Controlling the Compilation Driver, @file{gcc} 120@cindex driver 121@cindex controlling the compilation driver 122 123@c prevent bad page break with this line 124You can control the compilation driver. 125 126@defmac DRIVER_SELF_SPECS 127A list of specs for the driver itself. It should be a suitable 128initializer for an array of strings, with no surrounding braces. 129 130The driver applies these specs to its own command line between loading 131default @file{specs} files (but not command-line specified ones) and 132choosing the multilib directory or running any subcommands. It 133applies them in the order given, so each spec can depend on the 134options added by earlier ones. It is also possible to remove options 135using @samp{%<@var{option}} in the usual way. 136 137This macro can be useful when a port has several interdependent target 138options. It provides a way of standardizing the command line so 139that the other specs are easier to write. 140 141Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything. 142@end defmac 143 144@defmac OPTION_DEFAULT_SPECS 145A list of specs used to support configure-time default options (i.e.@: 146@option{--with} options) in the driver. It should be a suitable initializer 147for an array of structures, each containing two strings, without the 148outermost pair of surrounding braces. 149 150The first item in the pair is the name of the default. This must match 151the code in @file{config.gcc} for the target. The second item is a spec 152to apply if a default with this name was specified. The string 153@samp{%(VALUE)} in the spec will be replaced by the value of the default 154everywhere it occurs. 155 156The driver will apply these specs to its own command line between loading 157default @file{specs} files and processing @code{DRIVER_SELF_SPECS}, using 158the same mechanism as @code{DRIVER_SELF_SPECS}. 159 160Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything. 161@end defmac 162 163@defmac CPP_SPEC 164A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to 165pass to CPP@. It can also specify how to translate options you 166give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the CPP@. 167 168Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything. 169@end defmac 170 171@defmac CPLUSPLUS_CPP_SPEC 172This macro is just like @code{CPP_SPEC}, but is used for C++, rather 173than C@. If you do not define this macro, then the value of 174@code{CPP_SPEC} (if any) will be used instead. 175@end defmac 176 177@defmac CC1_SPEC 178A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to 179pass to @code{cc1}, @code{cc1plus}, @code{f771}, and the other language 180front ends. 181It can also specify how to translate options you give to GCC into options 182for GCC to pass to front ends. 183 184Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything. 185@end defmac 186 187@defmac CC1PLUS_SPEC 188A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to 189pass to @code{cc1plus}. It can also specify how to translate options you 190give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the @code{cc1plus}. 191 192Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything. 193Note that everything defined in CC1_SPEC is already passed to 194@code{cc1plus} so there is no need to duplicate the contents of 195CC1_SPEC in CC1PLUS_SPEC@. 196@end defmac 197 198@defmac ASM_SPEC 199A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to 200pass to the assembler. It can also specify how to translate options 201you give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the assembler. 202See the file @file{sun3.h} for an example of this. 203 204Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything. 205@end defmac 206 207@defmac ASM_FINAL_SPEC 208A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program how to 209run any programs which cleanup after the normal assembler. 210Normally, this is not needed. See the file @file{mips.h} for 211an example of this. 212 213Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything. 214@end defmac 215 216@defmac AS_NEEDS_DASH_FOR_PIPED_INPUT 217Define this macro, with no value, if the driver should give the assembler 218an argument consisting of a single dash, @option{-}, to instruct it to 219read from its standard input (which will be a pipe connected to the 220output of the compiler proper). This argument is given after any 221@option{-o} option specifying the name of the output file. 222 223If you do not define this macro, the assembler is assumed to read its 224standard input if given no non-option arguments. If your assembler 225cannot read standard input at all, use a @samp{%@{pipe:%e@}} construct; 226see @file{mips.h} for instance. 227@end defmac 228 229@defmac LINK_SPEC 230A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to 231pass to the linker. It can also specify how to translate options you 232give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the linker. 233 234Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything. 235@end defmac 236 237@defmac LIB_SPEC 238Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}. The difference 239between the two is that @code{LIB_SPEC} is used at the end of the 240command given to the linker. 241 242If this macro is not defined, a default is provided that 243loads the standard C library from the usual place. See @file{gcc.c}. 244@end defmac 245 246@defmac LIBGCC_SPEC 247Another C string constant that tells the GCC driver program 248how and when to place a reference to @file{libgcc.a} into the 249linker command line. This constant is placed both before and after 250the value of @code{LIB_SPEC}. 251 252If this macro is not defined, the GCC driver provides a default that 253passes the string @option{-lgcc} to the linker. 254@end defmac 255 256@defmac REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC 257By default, if @code{ENABLE_SHARED_LIBGCC} is defined, the 258@code{LIBGCC_SPEC} is not directly used by the driver program but is 259instead modified to refer to different versions of @file{libgcc.a} 260depending on the values of the command line flags @option{-static}, 261@option{-shared}, @option{-static-libgcc}, and @option{-shared-libgcc}. On 262targets where these modifications are inappropriate, define 263@code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC} instead. @code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC} tells the 264driver how to place a reference to @file{libgcc} on the link command 265line, but, unlike @code{LIBGCC_SPEC}, it is used unmodified. 266@end defmac 267 268@defmac USE_LD_AS_NEEDED 269A macro that controls the modifications to @code{LIBGCC_SPEC} 270mentioned in @code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC}. If nonzero, a spec will be 271generated that uses @option{--as-needed} or equivalent options and the 272shared @file{libgcc} in place of the 273static exception handler library, when linking without any of 274@code{-static}, @code{-static-libgcc}, or @code{-shared-libgcc}. 275@end defmac 276 277@defmac LINK_EH_SPEC 278If defined, this C string constant is added to @code{LINK_SPEC}. 279When @code{USE_LD_AS_NEEDED} is zero or undefined, it also affects 280the modifications to @code{LIBGCC_SPEC} mentioned in 281@code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC}. 282@end defmac 283 284@defmac STARTFILE_SPEC 285Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}. The 286difference between the two is that @code{STARTFILE_SPEC} is used at 287the very beginning of the command given to the linker. 288 289If this macro is not defined, a default is provided that loads the 290standard C startup file from the usual place. See @file{gcc.c}. 291@end defmac 292 293@defmac ENDFILE_SPEC 294Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}. The 295difference between the two is that @code{ENDFILE_SPEC} is used at 296the very end of the command given to the linker. 297 298Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything. 299@end defmac 300 301@defmac THREAD_MODEL_SPEC 302GCC @code{-v} will print the thread model GCC was configured to use. 303However, this doesn't work on platforms that are multilibbed on thread 304models, such as AIX 4.3. On such platforms, define 305@code{THREAD_MODEL_SPEC} such that it evaluates to a string without 306blanks that names one of the recognized thread models. @code{%*}, the 307default value of this macro, will expand to the value of 308@code{thread_file} set in @file{config.gcc}. 309@end defmac 310 311@defmac SYSROOT_SUFFIX_SPEC 312Define this macro to add a suffix to the target sysroot when GCC is 313configured with a sysroot. This will cause GCC to search for usr/lib, 314et al, within sysroot+suffix. 315@end defmac 316 317@defmac SYSROOT_HEADERS_SUFFIX_SPEC 318Define this macro to add a headers_suffix to the target sysroot when 319GCC is configured with a sysroot. This will cause GCC to pass the 320updated sysroot+headers_suffix to CPP, causing it to search for 321usr/include, et al, within sysroot+headers_suffix. 322@end defmac 323 324@defmac EXTRA_SPECS 325Define this macro to provide additional specifications to put in the 326@file{specs} file that can be used in various specifications like 327@code{CC1_SPEC}. 328 329The definition should be an initializer for an array of structures, 330containing a string constant, that defines the specification name, and a 331string constant that provides the specification. 332 333Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything. 334 335@code{EXTRA_SPECS} is useful when an architecture contains several 336related targets, which have various @code{@dots{}_SPECS} which are similar 337to each other, and the maintainer would like one central place to keep 338these definitions. 339 340For example, the PowerPC System V.4 targets use @code{EXTRA_SPECS} to 341define either @code{_CALL_SYSV} when the System V calling sequence is 342used or @code{_CALL_AIX} when the older AIX-based calling sequence is 343used. 344 345The @file{config/rs6000/rs6000.h} target file defines: 346 347@smallexample 348#define EXTRA_SPECS \ 349 @{ "cpp_sysv_default", CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT @}, 350 351#define CPP_SYS_DEFAULT "" 352@end smallexample 353 354The @file{config/rs6000/sysv.h} target file defines: 355@smallexample 356#undef CPP_SPEC 357#define CPP_SPEC \ 358"%@{posix: -D_POSIX_SOURCE @} \ 359%@{mcall-sysv: -D_CALL_SYSV @} \ 360%@{!mcall-sysv: %(cpp_sysv_default) @} \ 361%@{msoft-float: -D_SOFT_FLOAT@} %@{mcpu=403: -D_SOFT_FLOAT@}" 362 363#undef CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT 364#define CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT "-D_CALL_SYSV" 365@end smallexample 366 367while the @file{config/rs6000/eabiaix.h} target file defines 368@code{CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT} as: 369 370@smallexample 371#undef CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT 372#define CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT "-D_CALL_AIX" 373@end smallexample 374@end defmac 375 376@defmac LINK_LIBGCC_SPECIAL_1 377Define this macro if the driver program should find the library 378@file{libgcc.a}. If you do not define this macro, the driver program will pass 379the argument @option{-lgcc} to tell the linker to do the search. 380@end defmac 381 382@defmac LINK_GCC_C_SEQUENCE_SPEC 383The sequence in which libgcc and libc are specified to the linker. 384By default this is @code{%G %L %G}. 385@end defmac 386 387@defmac POST_LINK_SPEC 388Define this macro to add additional steps to be executed after linker. 389The default value of this macro is empty string. 390@end defmac 391 392@defmac LINK_COMMAND_SPEC 393A C string constant giving the complete command line need to execute the 394linker. When you do this, you will need to update your port each time a 395change is made to the link command line within @file{gcc.c}. Therefore, 396define this macro only if you need to completely redefine the command 397line for invoking the linker and there is no other way to accomplish 398the effect you need. Overriding this macro may be avoidable by overriding 399@code{LINK_GCC_C_SEQUENCE_SPEC} instead. 400@end defmac 401 402@hook TARGET_ALWAYS_STRIP_DOTDOT 403 404@defmac MULTILIB_DEFAULTS 405Define this macro as a C expression for the initializer of an array of 406string to tell the driver program which options are defaults for this 407target and thus do not need to be handled specially when using 408@code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS}. 409 410Do not define this macro if @code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS} is not defined in 411the target makefile fragment or if none of the options listed in 412@code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS} are set by default. 413@xref{Target Fragment}. 414@end defmac 415 416@defmac RELATIVE_PREFIX_NOT_LINKDIR 417Define this macro to tell @command{gcc} that it should only translate 418a @option{-B} prefix into a @option{-L} linker option if the prefix 419indicates an absolute file name. 420@end defmac 421 422@defmac MD_EXEC_PREFIX 423If defined, this macro is an additional prefix to try after 424@code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}. @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX} is not searched 425when the compiler is built as a cross 426compiler. If you define @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, then be sure to add it 427to the list of directories used to find the assembler in @file{configure.ac}. 428@end defmac 429 430@defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX 431Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the 432standard choice of @code{libdir} as the default prefix to 433try when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}. 434@code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX} is not searched when the compiler 435is built as a cross compiler. 436@end defmac 437 438@defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1 439Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the 440standard choice of @code{/lib} as a prefix to try after the default prefix 441when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}. 442@code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1} is not searched when the compiler 443is built as a cross compiler. 444@end defmac 445 446@defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2 447Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the 448standard choice of @code{/lib} as yet another prefix to try after the 449default prefix when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}. 450@code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2} is not searched when the compiler 451is built as a cross compiler. 452@end defmac 453 454@defmac MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX 455If defined, this macro supplies an additional prefix to try after the 456standard prefixes. @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX} is not searched when the 457compiler is built as a cross compiler. 458@end defmac 459 460@defmac MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1 461If defined, this macro supplies yet another prefix to try after the 462standard prefixes. It is not searched when the compiler is built as a 463cross compiler. 464@end defmac 465 466@defmac INIT_ENVIRONMENT 467Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to set environment 468variables for programs called by the driver, such as the assembler and 469loader. The driver passes the value of this macro to @code{putenv} to 470initialize the necessary environment variables. 471@end defmac 472 473@defmac LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR 474Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the 475standard choice of @file{/usr/local/include} as the default prefix to 476try when searching for local header files. @code{LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR} 477comes before @code{NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR} (set in 478@file{config.gcc}, normally @file{/usr/include}) in the search order. 479 480Cross compilers do not search either @file{/usr/local/include} or its 481replacement. 482@end defmac 483 484@defmac NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_COMPONENT 485The ``component'' corresponding to @code{NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR}. 486See @code{INCLUDE_DEFAULTS}, below, for the description of components. 487If you do not define this macro, no component is used. 488@end defmac 489 490@defmac INCLUDE_DEFAULTS 491Define this macro if you wish to override the entire default search path 492for include files. For a native compiler, the default search path 493usually consists of @code{GCC_INCLUDE_DIR}, @code{LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR}, 494@code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR}, and 495@code{NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR}. In addition, @code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR} 496and @code{GCC_INCLUDE_DIR} are defined automatically by @file{Makefile}, 497and specify private search areas for GCC@. The directory 498@code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR} is used only for C++ programs. 499 500The definition should be an initializer for an array of structures. 501Each array element should have four elements: the directory name (a 502string constant), the component name (also a string constant), a flag 503for C++-only directories, 504and a flag showing that the includes in the directory don't need to be 505wrapped in @code{extern @samp{C}} when compiling C++. Mark the end of 506the array with a null element. 507 508The component name denotes what GNU package the include file is part of, 509if any, in all uppercase letters. For example, it might be @samp{GCC} 510or @samp{BINUTILS}. If the package is part of a vendor-supplied 511operating system, code the component name as @samp{0}. 512 513For example, here is the definition used for VAX/VMS: 514 515@smallexample 516#define INCLUDE_DEFAULTS \ 517@{ \ 518 @{ "GNU_GXX_INCLUDE:", "G++", 1, 1@}, \ 519 @{ "GNU_CC_INCLUDE:", "GCC", 0, 0@}, \ 520 @{ "SYS$SYSROOT:[SYSLIB.]", 0, 0, 0@}, \ 521 @{ ".", 0, 0, 0@}, \ 522 @{ 0, 0, 0, 0@} \ 523@} 524@end smallexample 525@end defmac 526 527Here is the order of prefixes tried for exec files: 528 529@enumerate 530@item 531Any prefixes specified by the user with @option{-B}. 532 533@item 534The environment variable @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} or, if @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} 535is not set and the compiler has not been installed in the configure-time 536@var{prefix}, the location in which the compiler has actually been installed. 537 538@item 539The directories specified by the environment variable @code{COMPILER_PATH}. 540 541@item 542The macro @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if the compiler has been installed 543in the configured-time @var{prefix}. 544 545@item 546The location @file{/usr/libexec/gcc/}, but only if this is a native compiler. 547 548@item 549The location @file{/usr/lib/gcc/}, but only if this is a native compiler. 550 551@item 552The macro @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if defined, but only if this is a native 553compiler. 554@end enumerate 555 556Here is the order of prefixes tried for startfiles: 557 558@enumerate 559@item 560Any prefixes specified by the user with @option{-B}. 561 562@item 563The environment variable @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} or its automatically determined 564value based on the installed toolchain location. 565 566@item 567The directories specified by the environment variable @code{LIBRARY_PATH} 568(or port-specific name; native only, cross compilers do not use this). 569 570@item 571The macro @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}, but only if the toolchain is installed 572in the configured @var{prefix} or this is a native compiler. 573 574@item 575The location @file{/usr/lib/gcc/}, but only if this is a native compiler. 576 577@item 578The macro @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if defined, but only if this is a native 579compiler. 580 581@item 582The macro @code{MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX}, if defined, but only if this is a 583native compiler, or we have a target system root. 584 585@item 586The macro @code{MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1}, if defined, but only if this is a 587native compiler, or we have a target system root. 588 589@item 590The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX}, with any sysroot modifications. 591If this path is relative it will be prefixed by @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} and 592the machine suffix or @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX} and the machine suffix. 593 594@item 595The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1}, but only if this is a native 596compiler, or we have a target system root. The default for this macro is 597@file{/lib/}. 598 599@item 600The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2}, but only if this is a native 601compiler, or we have a target system root. The default for this macro is 602@file{/usr/lib/}. 603@end enumerate 604 605@node Run-time Target 606@section Run-time Target Specification 607@cindex run-time target specification 608@cindex predefined macros 609@cindex target specifications 610 611@c prevent bad page break with this line 612Here are run-time target specifications. 613 614@defmac TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS () 615This function-like macro expands to a block of code that defines 616built-in preprocessor macros and assertions for the target CPU, using 617the functions @code{builtin_define}, @code{builtin_define_std} and 618@code{builtin_assert}. When the front end 619calls this macro it provides a trailing semicolon, and since it has 620finished command line option processing your code can use those 621results freely. 622 623@code{builtin_assert} takes a string in the form you pass to the 624command-line option @option{-A}, such as @code{cpu=mips}, and creates 625the assertion. @code{builtin_define} takes a string in the form 626accepted by option @option{-D} and unconditionally defines the macro. 627 628@code{builtin_define_std} takes a string representing the name of an 629object-like macro. If it doesn't lie in the user's namespace, 630@code{builtin_define_std} defines it unconditionally. Otherwise, it 631defines a version with two leading underscores, and another version 632with two leading and trailing underscores, and defines the original 633only if an ISO standard was not requested on the command line. For 634example, passing @code{unix} defines @code{__unix}, @code{__unix__} 635and possibly @code{unix}; passing @code{_mips} defines @code{__mips}, 636@code{__mips__} and possibly @code{_mips}, and passing @code{_ABI64} 637defines only @code{_ABI64}. 638 639You can also test for the C dialect being compiled. The variable 640@code{c_language} is set to one of @code{clk_c}, @code{clk_cplusplus} 641or @code{clk_objective_c}. Note that if we are preprocessing 642assembler, this variable will be @code{clk_c} but the function-like 643macro @code{preprocessing_asm_p()} will return true, so you might want 644to check for that first. If you need to check for strict ANSI, the 645variable @code{flag_iso} can be used. The function-like macro 646@code{preprocessing_trad_p()} can be used to check for traditional 647preprocessing. 648@end defmac 649 650@defmac TARGET_OS_CPP_BUILTINS () 651Similarly to @code{TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS} but this macro is optional 652and is used for the target operating system instead. 653@end defmac 654 655@defmac TARGET_OBJFMT_CPP_BUILTINS () 656Similarly to @code{TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS} but this macro is optional 657and is used for the target object format. @file{elfos.h} uses this 658macro to define @code{__ELF__}, so you probably do not need to define 659it yourself. 660@end defmac 661 662@deftypevar {extern int} target_flags 663This variable is declared in @file{options.h}, which is included before 664any target-specific headers. 665@end deftypevar 666 667@hook TARGET_DEFAULT_TARGET_FLAGS 668This variable specifies the initial value of @code{target_flags}. 669Its default setting is 0. 670@end deftypevr 671 672@cindex optional hardware or system features 673@cindex features, optional, in system conventions 674 675@hook TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION 676This hook is called whenever the user specifies one of the 677target-specific options described by the @file{.opt} definition files 678(@pxref{Options}). It has the opportunity to do some option-specific 679processing and should return true if the option is valid. The default 680definition does nothing but return true. 681 682@var{decoded} specifies the option and its arguments. @var{opts} and 683@var{opts_set} are the @code{gcc_options} structures to be used for 684storing option state, and @var{loc} is the location at which the 685option was passed (@code{UNKNOWN_LOCATION} except for options passed 686via attributes). 687@end deftypefn 688 689@hook TARGET_HANDLE_C_OPTION 690This target hook is called whenever the user specifies one of the 691target-specific C language family options described by the @file{.opt} 692definition files(@pxref{Options}). It has the opportunity to do some 693option-specific processing and should return true if the option is 694valid. The arguments are like for @code{TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION}. The 695default definition does nothing but return false. 696 697In general, you should use @code{TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION} to handle 698options. However, if processing an option requires routines that are 699only available in the C (and related language) front ends, then you 700should use @code{TARGET_HANDLE_C_OPTION} instead. 701@end deftypefn 702 703@hook TARGET_OBJC_CONSTRUCT_STRING_OBJECT 704 705@hook TARGET_OBJC_DECLARE_UNRESOLVED_CLASS_REFERENCE 706 707@hook TARGET_OBJC_DECLARE_CLASS_DEFINITION 708 709@hook TARGET_STRING_OBJECT_REF_TYPE_P 710 711@hook TARGET_CHECK_STRING_OBJECT_FORMAT_ARG 712 713@hook TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE 714 715@defmac C_COMMON_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS 716This is similar to the @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} hook 717but is only used in the C 718language frontends (C, Objective-C, C++, Objective-C++) and so can be 719used to alter option flag variables which only exist in those 720frontends. 721@end defmac 722 723@hook TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION_TABLE 724Some machines may desire to change what optimizations are performed for 725various optimization levels. This variable, if defined, describes 726options to enable at particular sets of optimization levels. These 727options are processed once 728just after the optimization level is determined and before the remainder 729of the command options have been parsed, so may be overridden by other 730options passed explicitly. 731 732This processing is run once at program startup and when the optimization 733options are changed via @code{#pragma GCC optimize} or by using the 734@code{optimize} attribute. 735@end deftypevr 736 737@hook TARGET_OPTION_INIT_STRUCT 738 739@defmac SWITCHABLE_TARGET 740Some targets need to switch between substantially different subtargets 741during compilation. For example, the MIPS target has one subtarget for 742the traditional MIPS architecture and another for MIPS16. Source code 743can switch between these two subarchitectures using the @code{mips16} 744and @code{nomips16} attributes. 745 746Such subtargets can differ in things like the set of available 747registers, the set of available instructions, the costs of various 748operations, and so on. GCC caches a lot of this type of information 749in global variables, and recomputing them for each subtarget takes a 750significant amount of time. The compiler therefore provides a facility 751for maintaining several versions of the global variables and quickly 752switching between them; see @file{target-globals.h} for details. 753 754Define this macro to 1 if your target needs this facility. The default 755is 0. 756@end defmac 757 758@hook TARGET_FLOAT_EXCEPTIONS_ROUNDING_SUPPORTED_P 759 760@node Per-Function Data 761@section Defining data structures for per-function information. 762@cindex per-function data 763@cindex data structures 764 765If the target needs to store information on a per-function basis, GCC 766provides a macro and a couple of variables to allow this. Note, just 767using statics to store the information is a bad idea, since GCC supports 768nested functions, so you can be halfway through encoding one function 769when another one comes along. 770 771GCC defines a data structure called @code{struct function} which 772contains all of the data specific to an individual function. This 773structure contains a field called @code{machine} whose type is 774@code{struct machine_function *}, which can be used by targets to point 775to their own specific data. 776 777If a target needs per-function specific data it should define the type 778@code{struct machine_function} and also the macro @code{INIT_EXPANDERS}. 779This macro should be used to initialize the function pointer 780@code{init_machine_status}. This pointer is explained below. 781 782One typical use of per-function, target specific data is to create an 783RTX to hold the register containing the function's return address. This 784RTX can then be used to implement the @code{__builtin_return_address} 785function, for level 0. 786 787Note---earlier implementations of GCC used a single data area to hold 788all of the per-function information. Thus when processing of a nested 789function began the old per-function data had to be pushed onto a 790stack, and when the processing was finished, it had to be popped off the 791stack. GCC used to provide function pointers called 792@code{save_machine_status} and @code{restore_machine_status} to handle 793the saving and restoring of the target specific information. Since the 794single data area approach is no longer used, these pointers are no 795longer supported. 796 797@defmac INIT_EXPANDERS 798Macro called to initialize any target specific information. This macro 799is called once per function, before generation of any RTL has begun. 800The intention of this macro is to allow the initialization of the 801function pointer @code{init_machine_status}. 802@end defmac 803 804@deftypevar {void (*)(struct function *)} init_machine_status 805If this function pointer is non-@code{NULL} it will be called once per 806function, before function compilation starts, in order to allow the 807target to perform any target specific initialization of the 808@code{struct function} structure. It is intended that this would be 809used to initialize the @code{machine} of that structure. 810 811@code{struct machine_function} structures are expected to be freed by GC@. 812Generally, any memory that they reference must be allocated by using 813GC allocation, including the structure itself. 814@end deftypevar 815 816@node Storage Layout 817@section Storage Layout 818@cindex storage layout 819 820Note that the definitions of the macros in this table which are sizes or 821alignments measured in bits do not need to be constant. They can be C 822expressions that refer to static variables, such as the @code{target_flags}. 823@xref{Run-time Target}. 824 825@defmac BITS_BIG_ENDIAN 826Define this macro to have the value 1 if the most significant bit in a 827byte has the lowest number; otherwise define it to have the value zero. 828This means that bit-field instructions count from the most significant 829bit. If the machine has no bit-field instructions, then this must still 830be defined, but it doesn't matter which value it is defined to. This 831macro need not be a constant. 832 833This macro does not affect the way structure fields are packed into 834bytes or words; that is controlled by @code{BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN}. 835@end defmac 836 837@defmac BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN 838Define this macro to have the value 1 if the most significant byte in a 839word has the lowest number. This macro need not be a constant. 840@end defmac 841 842@defmac WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN 843Define this macro to have the value 1 if, in a multiword object, the 844most significant word has the lowest number. This applies to both 845memory locations and registers; see @code{REG_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN} if the 846order of words in memory is not the same as the order in registers. This 847macro need not be a constant. 848@end defmac 849 850@defmac REG_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN 851On some machines, the order of words in a multiword object differs between 852registers in memory. In such a situation, define this macro to describe 853the order of words in a register. The macro @code{WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN} controls 854the order of words in memory. 855@end defmac 856 857@defmac FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN 858Define this macro to have the value 1 if @code{DFmode}, @code{XFmode} or 859@code{TFmode} floating point numbers are stored in memory with the word 860containing the sign bit at the lowest address; otherwise define it to 861have the value 0. This macro need not be a constant. 862 863You need not define this macro if the ordering is the same as for 864multi-word integers. 865@end defmac 866 867@defmac BITS_PER_WORD 868Number of bits in a word. If you do not define this macro, the default 869is @code{BITS_PER_UNIT * UNITS_PER_WORD}. 870@end defmac 871 872@defmac MAX_BITS_PER_WORD 873Maximum number of bits in a word. If this is undefined, the default is 874@code{BITS_PER_WORD}. Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the 875largest value that @code{BITS_PER_WORD} can have at run-time. 876@end defmac 877 878@defmac UNITS_PER_WORD 879Number of storage units in a word; normally the size of a general-purpose 880register, a power of two from 1 or 8. 881@end defmac 882 883@defmac MIN_UNITS_PER_WORD 884Minimum number of units in a word. If this is undefined, the default is 885@code{UNITS_PER_WORD}. Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the 886smallest value that @code{UNITS_PER_WORD} can have at run-time. 887@end defmac 888 889@defmac POINTER_SIZE 890Width of a pointer, in bits. You must specify a value no wider than the 891width of @code{Pmode}. If it is not equal to the width of @code{Pmode}, 892you must define @code{POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED}. If you do not specify 893a value the default is @code{BITS_PER_WORD}. 894@end defmac 895 896@defmac POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED 897A C expression that determines how pointers should be extended from 898@code{ptr_mode} to either @code{Pmode} or @code{word_mode}. It is 899greater than zero if pointers should be zero-extended, zero if they 900should be sign-extended, and negative if some other sort of conversion 901is needed. In the last case, the extension is done by the target's 902@code{ptr_extend} instruction. 903 904You need not define this macro if the @code{ptr_mode}, @code{Pmode} 905and @code{word_mode} are all the same width. 906@end defmac 907 908@defmac PROMOTE_MODE (@var{m}, @var{unsignedp}, @var{type}) 909A macro to update @var{m} and @var{unsignedp} when an object whose type 910is @var{type} and which has the specified mode and signedness is to be 911stored in a register. This macro is only called when @var{type} is a 912scalar type. 913 914On most RISC machines, which only have operations that operate on a full 915register, define this macro to set @var{m} to @code{word_mode} if 916@var{m} is an integer mode narrower than @code{BITS_PER_WORD}. In most 917cases, only integer modes should be widened because wider-precision 918floating-point operations are usually more expensive than their narrower 919counterparts. 920 921For most machines, the macro definition does not change @var{unsignedp}. 922However, some machines, have instructions that preferentially handle 923either signed or unsigned quantities of certain modes. For example, on 924the DEC Alpha, 32-bit loads from memory and 32-bit add instructions 925sign-extend the result to 64 bits. On such machines, set 926@var{unsignedp} according to which kind of extension is more efficient. 927 928Do not define this macro if it would never modify @var{m}. 929@end defmac 930 931@hook TARGET_C_EXCESS_PRECISION 932 933@hook TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_MODE 934 935@defmac PARM_BOUNDARY 936Normal alignment required for function parameters on the stack, in 937bits. All stack parameters receive at least this much alignment 938regardless of data type. On most machines, this is the same as the 939size of an integer. 940@end defmac 941 942@defmac STACK_BOUNDARY 943Define this macro to the minimum alignment enforced by hardware for the 944stack pointer on this machine. The definition is a C expression for the 945desired alignment (measured in bits). This value is used as a default 946if @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY} is not defined. On most machines, 947this should be the same as @code{PARM_BOUNDARY}. 948@end defmac 949 950@defmac PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY 951Define this macro if you wish to preserve a certain alignment for the 952stack pointer, greater than what the hardware enforces. The definition 953is a C expression for the desired alignment (measured in bits). This 954macro must evaluate to a value equal to or larger than 955@code{STACK_BOUNDARY}. 956@end defmac 957 958@defmac INCOMING_STACK_BOUNDARY 959Define this macro if the incoming stack boundary may be different 960from @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}. This macro must evaluate 961to a value equal to or larger than @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}. 962@end defmac 963 964@defmac FUNCTION_BOUNDARY 965Alignment required for a function entry point, in bits. 966@end defmac 967 968@defmac BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT 969Biggest alignment that any data type can require on this machine, in 970bits. Note that this is not the biggest alignment that is supported, 971just the biggest alignment that, when violated, may cause a fault. 972@end defmac 973 974@hook TARGET_ABSOLUTE_BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT 975 976@defmac MALLOC_ABI_ALIGNMENT 977Alignment, in bits, a C conformant malloc implementation has to 978provide. If not defined, the default value is @code{BITS_PER_WORD}. 979@end defmac 980 981@defmac ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED_VALUE 982Alignment used by the @code{__attribute__ ((aligned))} construct. If 983not defined, the default value is @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}. 984@end defmac 985 986@defmac MINIMUM_ATOMIC_ALIGNMENT 987If defined, the smallest alignment, in bits, that can be given to an 988object that can be referenced in one operation, without disturbing any 989nearby object. Normally, this is @code{BITS_PER_UNIT}, but may be larger 990on machines that don't have byte or half-word store operations. 991@end defmac 992 993@defmac BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT 994Biggest alignment that any structure or union field can require on this 995machine, in bits. If defined, this overrides @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} for 996structure and union fields only, unless the field alignment has been set 997by the @code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct. 998@end defmac 999 1000@defmac ADJUST_FIELD_ALIGN (@var{field}, @var{type}, @var{computed}) 1001An expression for the alignment of a structure field @var{field} of 1002type @var{type} if the alignment computed in the usual way (including 1003applying of @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} and @code{BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT} to the 1004alignment) is @var{computed}. It overrides alignment only if the 1005field alignment has not been set by the 1006@code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct. Note that @var{field} 1007may be @code{NULL_TREE} in case we just query for the minimum alignment 1008of a field of type @var{type} in structure context. 1009@end defmac 1010 1011@defmac MAX_STACK_ALIGNMENT 1012Biggest stack alignment guaranteed by the backend. Use this macro 1013to specify the maximum alignment of a variable on stack. 1014 1015If not defined, the default value is @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}. 1016 1017@c FIXME: The default should be @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}. 1018@c But the fix for PR 32893 indicates that we can only guarantee 1019@c maximum stack alignment on stack up to @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}, not 1020@c @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}, if stack alignment isn't supported. 1021@end defmac 1022 1023@defmac MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT 1024Biggest alignment supported by the object file format of this machine. 1025Use this macro to limit the alignment which can be specified using the 1026@code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct for functions and 1027objects with static storage duration. The alignment of automatic 1028objects may exceed the object file format maximum up to the maximum 1029supported by GCC. If not defined, the default value is 1030@code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}. 1031 1032On systems that use ELF, the default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is 1033the largest supported 32-bit ELF section alignment representable on 1034a 32-bit host e.g.@: @samp{(((uint64_t) 1 << 28) * 8)}. 1035On 32-bit ELF the largest supported section alignment in bits is 1036@samp{(0x80000000 * 8)}, but this is not representable on 32-bit hosts. 1037@end defmac 1038 1039@hook TARGET_LOWER_LOCAL_DECL_ALIGNMENT 1040 1041@hook TARGET_STATIC_RTX_ALIGNMENT 1042 1043@defmac DATA_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align}) 1044If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a variable in 1045the static store. @var{type} is the data type, and @var{basic-align} is 1046the alignment that the object would ordinarily have. The value of this 1047macro is used instead of that alignment to align the object. 1048 1049If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used. 1050 1051@findex strcpy 1052One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to 1053make it all fit in fewer cache lines. Another is to cause character 1054arrays to be word-aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy 1055constants to character arrays can be done inline. 1056@end defmac 1057 1058@defmac DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align}) 1059Similar to @code{DATA_ALIGNMENT}, but for the cases where the ABI mandates 1060some alignment increase, instead of optimization only purposes. E.g.@ 1061AMD x86-64 psABI says that variables with array type larger than 15 bytes 1062must be aligned to 16 byte boundaries. 1063 1064If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used. 1065@end defmac 1066 1067@hook TARGET_CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT 1068 1069@defmac LOCAL_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align}) 1070If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a variable in 1071the local store. @var{type} is the data type, and @var{basic-align} is 1072the alignment that the object would ordinarily have. The value of this 1073macro is used instead of that alignment to align the object. 1074 1075If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used. 1076 1077One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to 1078make it all fit in fewer cache lines. 1079 1080If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type. 1081@end defmac 1082 1083@hook TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT 1084 1085@defmac STACK_SLOT_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{mode}, @var{basic-align}) 1086If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for stack slot. 1087@var{type} is the data type, @var{mode} is the widest mode available, 1088and @var{basic-align} is the alignment that the slot would ordinarily 1089have. The value of this macro is used instead of that alignment to 1090align the slot. 1091 1092If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used when 1093@var{type} is @code{NULL}. Otherwise, @code{LOCAL_ALIGNMENT} will 1094be used. 1095 1096This macro is to set alignment of stack slot to the maximum alignment 1097of all possible modes which the slot may have. 1098 1099If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type. 1100@end defmac 1101 1102@defmac LOCAL_DECL_ALIGNMENT (@var{decl}) 1103If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a local 1104variable @var{decl}. 1105 1106If this macro is not defined, then 1107@code{LOCAL_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (@var{decl}), DECL_ALIGN (@var{decl}))} 1108is used. 1109 1110One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to 1111make it all fit in fewer cache lines. 1112 1113If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type. 1114@end defmac 1115 1116@defmac MINIMUM_ALIGNMENT (@var{exp}, @var{mode}, @var{align}) 1117If defined, a C expression to compute the minimum required alignment 1118for dynamic stack realignment purposes for @var{exp} (a type or decl), 1119@var{mode}, assuming normal alignment @var{align}. 1120 1121If this macro is not defined, then @var{align} will be used. 1122@end defmac 1123 1124@defmac EMPTY_FIELD_BOUNDARY 1125Alignment in bits to be given to a structure bit-field that follows an 1126empty field such as @code{int : 0;}. 1127 1128If @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true, it overrides this macro. 1129@end defmac 1130 1131@defmac STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY 1132Number of bits which any structure or union's size must be a multiple of. 1133Each structure or union's size is rounded up to a multiple of this. 1134 1135If you do not define this macro, the default is the same as 1136@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}. 1137@end defmac 1138 1139@defmac STRICT_ALIGNMENT 1140Define this macro to be the value 1 if instructions will fail to work 1141if given data not on the nominal alignment. If instructions will merely 1142go slower in that case, define this macro as 0. 1143@end defmac 1144 1145@defmac PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS 1146Define this if you wish to imitate the way many other C compilers handle 1147alignment of bit-fields and the structures that contain them. 1148 1149The behavior is that the type written for a named bit-field (@code{int}, 1150@code{short}, or other integer type) imposes an alignment for the entire 1151structure, as if the structure really did contain an ordinary field of 1152that type. In addition, the bit-field is placed within the structure so 1153that it would fit within such a field, not crossing a boundary for it. 1154 1155Thus, on most machines, a named bit-field whose type is written as 1156@code{int} would not cross a four-byte boundary, and would force 1157four-byte alignment for the whole structure. (The alignment used may 1158not be four bytes; it is controlled by the other alignment parameters.) 1159 1160An unnamed bit-field will not affect the alignment of the containing 1161structure. 1162 1163If the macro is defined, its definition should be a C expression; 1164a nonzero value for the expression enables this behavior. 1165 1166Note that if this macro is not defined, or its value is zero, some 1167bit-fields may cross more than one alignment boundary. The compiler can 1168support such references if there are @samp{insv}, @samp{extv}, and 1169@samp{extzv} insns that can directly reference memory. 1170 1171The other known way of making bit-fields work is to define 1172@code{STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY} as large as @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}. 1173Then every structure can be accessed with fullwords. 1174 1175Unless the machine has bit-field instructions or you define 1176@code{STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY} that way, you must define 1177@code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} to have a nonzero value. 1178 1179If your aim is to make GCC use the same conventions for laying out 1180bit-fields as are used by another compiler, here is how to investigate 1181what the other compiler does. Compile and run this program: 1182 1183@smallexample 1184struct foo1 1185@{ 1186 char x; 1187 char :0; 1188 char y; 1189@}; 1190 1191struct foo2 1192@{ 1193 char x; 1194 int :0; 1195 char y; 1196@}; 1197 1198main () 1199@{ 1200 printf ("Size of foo1 is %d\n", 1201 sizeof (struct foo1)); 1202 printf ("Size of foo2 is %d\n", 1203 sizeof (struct foo2)); 1204 exit (0); 1205@} 1206@end smallexample 1207 1208If this prints 2 and 5, then the compiler's behavior is what you would 1209get from @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS}. 1210@end defmac 1211 1212@defmac BITFIELD_NBYTES_LIMITED 1213Like @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} except that its effect is limited 1214to aligning a bit-field within the structure. 1215@end defmac 1216 1217@hook TARGET_ALIGN_ANON_BITFIELD 1218 1219@hook TARGET_NARROW_VOLATILE_BITFIELD 1220 1221@hook TARGET_MEMBER_TYPE_FORCES_BLK 1222 1223@defmac ROUND_TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type}, @var{computed}, @var{specified}) 1224Define this macro as an expression for the alignment of a type (given 1225by @var{type} as a tree node) if the alignment computed in the usual 1226way is @var{computed} and the alignment explicitly specified was 1227@var{specified}. 1228 1229The default is to use @var{specified} if it is larger; otherwise, use 1230the smaller of @var{computed} and @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} 1231@end defmac 1232 1233@defmac MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE 1234An integer expression for the size in bits of the largest integer 1235machine mode that should actually be used. All integer machine modes of 1236this size or smaller can be used for structures and unions with the 1237appropriate sizes. If this macro is undefined, @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE 1238(DImode)} is assumed. 1239@end defmac 1240 1241@defmac STACK_SAVEAREA_MODE (@var{save_level}) 1242If defined, an expression of type @code{machine_mode} that 1243specifies the mode of the save area operand of a 1244@code{save_stack_@var{level}} named pattern (@pxref{Standard Names}). 1245@var{save_level} is one of @code{SAVE_BLOCK}, @code{SAVE_FUNCTION}, or 1246@code{SAVE_NONLOCAL} and selects which of the three named patterns is 1247having its mode specified. 1248 1249You need not define this macro if it always returns @code{Pmode}. You 1250would most commonly define this macro if the 1251@code{save_stack_@var{level}} patterns need to support both a 32- and a 125264-bit mode. 1253@end defmac 1254 1255@defmac STACK_SIZE_MODE 1256If defined, an expression of type @code{machine_mode} that 1257specifies the mode of the size increment operand of an 1258@code{allocate_stack} named pattern (@pxref{Standard Names}). 1259 1260You need not define this macro if it always returns @code{word_mode}. 1261You would most commonly define this macro if the @code{allocate_stack} 1262pattern needs to support both a 32- and a 64-bit mode. 1263@end defmac 1264 1265@hook TARGET_LIBGCC_CMP_RETURN_MODE 1266 1267@hook TARGET_LIBGCC_SHIFT_COUNT_MODE 1268 1269@hook TARGET_UNWIND_WORD_MODE 1270 1271@hook TARGET_MS_BITFIELD_LAYOUT_P 1272 1273@hook TARGET_DECIMAL_FLOAT_SUPPORTED_P 1274 1275@hook TARGET_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED_P 1276 1277@hook TARGET_EXPAND_TO_RTL_HOOK 1278 1279@hook TARGET_INSTANTIATE_DECLS 1280 1281@hook TARGET_MANGLE_TYPE 1282 1283@node Type Layout 1284@section Layout of Source Language Data Types 1285 1286These macros define the sizes and other characteristics of the standard 1287basic data types used in programs being compiled. Unlike the macros in 1288the previous section, these apply to specific features of C and related 1289languages, rather than to fundamental aspects of storage layout. 1290 1291@defmac INT_TYPE_SIZE 1292A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{int} on the 1293target machine. If you don't define this, the default is one word. 1294@end defmac 1295 1296@defmac SHORT_TYPE_SIZE 1297A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short} on the 1298target machine. If you don't define this, the default is half a word. 1299(If this would be less than one storage unit, it is rounded up to one 1300unit.) 1301@end defmac 1302 1303@defmac LONG_TYPE_SIZE 1304A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long} on the 1305target machine. If you don't define this, the default is one word. 1306@end defmac 1307 1308@defmac ADA_LONG_TYPE_SIZE 1309On some machines, the size used for the Ada equivalent of the type 1310@code{long} by a native Ada compiler differs from that used by C@. In 1311that situation, define this macro to be a C expression to be used for 1312the size of that type. If you don't define this, the default is the 1313value of @code{LONG_TYPE_SIZE}. 1314@end defmac 1315 1316@defmac LONG_LONG_TYPE_SIZE 1317A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long} on the 1318target machine. If you don't define this, the default is two 1319words. If you want to support GNU Ada on your machine, the value of this 1320macro must be at least 64. 1321@end defmac 1322 1323@defmac CHAR_TYPE_SIZE 1324A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{char} on the 1325target machine. If you don't define this, the default is 1326@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}. 1327@end defmac 1328 1329@defmac BOOL_TYPE_SIZE 1330A C expression for the size in bits of the C++ type @code{bool} and 1331C99 type @code{_Bool} on the target machine. If you don't define 1332this, and you probably shouldn't, the default is @code{CHAR_TYPE_SIZE}. 1333@end defmac 1334 1335@defmac FLOAT_TYPE_SIZE 1336A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{float} on the 1337target machine. If you don't define this, the default is one word. 1338@end defmac 1339 1340@defmac DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE 1341A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{double} on the 1342target machine. If you don't define this, the default is two 1343words. 1344@end defmac 1345 1346@defmac LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE 1347A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long double} on 1348the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is two 1349words. 1350@end defmac 1351 1352@defmac SHORT_FRACT_TYPE_SIZE 1353A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short _Fract} on 1354the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is 1355@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}. 1356@end defmac 1357 1358@defmac FRACT_TYPE_SIZE 1359A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{_Fract} on 1360the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is 1361@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 2}. 1362@end defmac 1363 1364@defmac LONG_FRACT_TYPE_SIZE 1365A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long _Fract} on 1366the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is 1367@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 4}. 1368@end defmac 1369 1370@defmac LONG_LONG_FRACT_TYPE_SIZE 1371A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long _Fract} on 1372the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is 1373@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 8}. 1374@end defmac 1375 1376@defmac SHORT_ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE 1377A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short _Accum} on 1378the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is 1379@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 2}. 1380@end defmac 1381 1382@defmac ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE 1383A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{_Accum} on 1384the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is 1385@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 4}. 1386@end defmac 1387 1388@defmac LONG_ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE 1389A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long _Accum} on 1390the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is 1391@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 8}. 1392@end defmac 1393 1394@defmac LONG_LONG_ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE 1395A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long _Accum} on 1396the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is 1397@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 16}. 1398@end defmac 1399 1400@defmac LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX 1401This macro corresponds to the @code{TARGET_LIBFUNC_GNU_PREFIX} target 1402hook and should be defined if that hook is overriden to be true. It 1403causes function names in libgcc to be changed to use a @code{__gnu_} 1404prefix for their name rather than the default @code{__}. A port which 1405uses this macro should also arrange to use @file{t-gnu-prefix} in 1406the libgcc @file{config.host}. 1407@end defmac 1408 1409@defmac WIDEST_HARDWARE_FP_SIZE 1410A C expression for the size in bits of the widest floating-point format 1411supported by the hardware. If you define this macro, you must specify a 1412value less than or equal to the value of @code{LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE}. 1413If you do not define this macro, the value of @code{LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE} 1414is the default. 1415@end defmac 1416 1417@defmac DEFAULT_SIGNED_CHAR 1418An expression whose value is 1 or 0, according to whether the type 1419@code{char} should be signed or unsigned by default. The user can 1420always override this default with the options @option{-fsigned-char} 1421and @option{-funsigned-char}. 1422@end defmac 1423 1424@hook TARGET_DEFAULT_SHORT_ENUMS 1425 1426@defmac SIZE_TYPE 1427A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use 1428for size values. The typedef name @code{size_t} is defined using the 1429contents of the string. 1430 1431The string can contain more than one keyword. If so, separate them with 1432spaces, and write first any length keyword, then @code{unsigned} if 1433appropriate, and finally @code{int}. The string must exactly match one 1434of the data type names defined in the function 1435@code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins} in the file @file{c-family/c-common.c}. 1436You may not omit @code{int} or change the order---that would cause the 1437compiler to crash on startup. 1438 1439If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"long unsigned 1440int"}. 1441@end defmac 1442 1443@defmac SIZETYPE 1444GCC defines internal types (@code{sizetype}, @code{ssizetype}, 1445@code{bitsizetype} and @code{sbitsizetype}) for expressions 1446dealing with size. This macro is a C expression for a string describing 1447the name of the data type from which the precision of @code{sizetype} 1448is extracted. 1449 1450The string has the same restrictions as @code{SIZE_TYPE} string. 1451 1452If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{SIZE_TYPE}. 1453@end defmac 1454 1455@defmac PTRDIFF_TYPE 1456A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use 1457for the result of subtracting two pointers. The typedef name 1458@code{ptrdiff_t} is defined using the contents of the string. See 1459@code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information. 1460 1461If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"long int"}. 1462@end defmac 1463 1464@defmac WCHAR_TYPE 1465A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use 1466for wide characters. The typedef name @code{wchar_t} is defined using 1467the contents of the string. See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more 1468information. 1469 1470If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"int"}. 1471@end defmac 1472 1473@defmac WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE 1474A C expression for the size in bits of the data type for wide 1475characters. This is used in @code{cpp}, which cannot make use of 1476@code{WCHAR_TYPE}. 1477@end defmac 1478 1479@defmac WINT_TYPE 1480A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to 1481use for wide characters passed to @code{printf} and returned from 1482@code{getwc}. The typedef name @code{wint_t} is defined using the 1483contents of the string. See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more 1484information. 1485 1486If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"unsigned int"}. 1487@end defmac 1488 1489@defmac INTMAX_TYPE 1490A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type that 1491can represent any value of any standard or extended signed integer type. 1492The typedef name @code{intmax_t} is defined using the contents of the 1493string. See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information. 1494 1495If you don't define this macro, the default is the first of 1496@code{"int"}, @code{"long int"}, or @code{"long long int"} that has as 1497much precision as @code{long long int}. 1498@end defmac 1499 1500@defmac UINTMAX_TYPE 1501A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type that 1502can represent any value of any standard or extended unsigned integer 1503type. The typedef name @code{uintmax_t} is defined using the contents 1504of the string. See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information. 1505 1506If you don't define this macro, the default is the first of 1507@code{"unsigned int"}, @code{"long unsigned int"}, or @code{"long long 1508unsigned int"} that has as much precision as @code{long long unsigned 1509int}. 1510@end defmac 1511 1512@defmac SIG_ATOMIC_TYPE 1513@defmacx INT8_TYPE 1514@defmacx INT16_TYPE 1515@defmacx INT32_TYPE 1516@defmacx INT64_TYPE 1517@defmacx UINT8_TYPE 1518@defmacx UINT16_TYPE 1519@defmacx UINT32_TYPE 1520@defmacx UINT64_TYPE 1521@defmacx INT_LEAST8_TYPE 1522@defmacx INT_LEAST16_TYPE 1523@defmacx INT_LEAST32_TYPE 1524@defmacx INT_LEAST64_TYPE 1525@defmacx UINT_LEAST8_TYPE 1526@defmacx UINT_LEAST16_TYPE 1527@defmacx UINT_LEAST32_TYPE 1528@defmacx UINT_LEAST64_TYPE 1529@defmacx INT_FAST8_TYPE 1530@defmacx INT_FAST16_TYPE 1531@defmacx INT_FAST32_TYPE 1532@defmacx INT_FAST64_TYPE 1533@defmacx UINT_FAST8_TYPE 1534@defmacx UINT_FAST16_TYPE 1535@defmacx UINT_FAST32_TYPE 1536@defmacx UINT_FAST64_TYPE 1537@defmacx INTPTR_TYPE 1538@defmacx UINTPTR_TYPE 1539C expressions for the standard types @code{sig_atomic_t}, 1540@code{int8_t}, @code{int16_t}, @code{int32_t}, @code{int64_t}, 1541@code{uint8_t}, @code{uint16_t}, @code{uint32_t}, @code{uint64_t}, 1542@code{int_least8_t}, @code{int_least16_t}, @code{int_least32_t}, 1543@code{int_least64_t}, @code{uint_least8_t}, @code{uint_least16_t}, 1544@code{uint_least32_t}, @code{uint_least64_t}, @code{int_fast8_t}, 1545@code{int_fast16_t}, @code{int_fast32_t}, @code{int_fast64_t}, 1546@code{uint_fast8_t}, @code{uint_fast16_t}, @code{uint_fast32_t}, 1547@code{uint_fast64_t}, @code{intptr_t}, and @code{uintptr_t}. See 1548@code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information. 1549 1550If any of these macros evaluates to a null pointer, the corresponding 1551type is not supported; if GCC is configured to provide 1552@code{<stdint.h>} in such a case, the header provided may not conform 1553to C99, depending on the type in question. The defaults for all of 1554these macros are null pointers. 1555@end defmac 1556 1557@defmac TARGET_PTRMEMFUNC_VBIT_LOCATION 1558The C++ compiler represents a pointer-to-member-function with a struct 1559that looks like: 1560 1561@smallexample 1562 struct @{ 1563 union @{ 1564 void (*fn)(); 1565 ptrdiff_t vtable_index; 1566 @}; 1567 ptrdiff_t delta; 1568 @}; 1569@end smallexample 1570 1571@noindent 1572The C++ compiler must use one bit to indicate whether the function that 1573will be called through a pointer-to-member-function is virtual. 1574Normally, we assume that the low-order bit of a function pointer must 1575always be zero. Then, by ensuring that the vtable_index is odd, we can 1576distinguish which variant of the union is in use. But, on some 1577platforms function pointers can be odd, and so this doesn't work. In 1578that case, we use the low-order bit of the @code{delta} field, and shift 1579the remainder of the @code{delta} field to the left. 1580 1581GCC will automatically make the right selection about where to store 1582this bit using the @code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY} setting for your platform. 1583However, some platforms such as ARM/Thumb have @code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY} 1584set such that functions always start at even addresses, but the lowest 1585bit of pointers to functions indicate whether the function at that 1586address is in ARM or Thumb mode. If this is the case of your 1587architecture, you should define this macro to 1588@code{ptrmemfunc_vbit_in_delta}. 1589 1590In general, you should not have to define this macro. On architectures 1591in which function addresses are always even, according to 1592@code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY}, GCC will automatically define this macro to 1593@code{ptrmemfunc_vbit_in_pfn}. 1594@end defmac 1595 1596@defmac TARGET_VTABLE_USES_DESCRIPTORS 1597Normally, the C++ compiler uses function pointers in vtables. This 1598macro allows the target to change to use ``function descriptors'' 1599instead. Function descriptors are found on targets for whom a 1600function pointer is actually a small data structure. Normally the 1601data structure consists of the actual code address plus a data 1602pointer to which the function's data is relative. 1603 1604If vtables are used, the value of this macro should be the number 1605of words that the function descriptor occupies. 1606@end defmac 1607 1608@defmac TARGET_VTABLE_ENTRY_ALIGN 1609By default, the vtable entries are void pointers, the so the alignment 1610is the same as pointer alignment. The value of this macro specifies 1611the alignment of the vtable entry in bits. It should be defined only 1612when special alignment is necessary. */ 1613@end defmac 1614 1615@defmac TARGET_VTABLE_DATA_ENTRY_DISTANCE 1616There are a few non-descriptor entries in the vtable at offsets below 1617zero. If these entries must be padded (say, to preserve the alignment 1618specified by @code{TARGET_VTABLE_ENTRY_ALIGN}), set this to the number 1619of words in each data entry. 1620@end defmac 1621 1622@node Registers 1623@section Register Usage 1624@cindex register usage 1625 1626This section explains how to describe what registers the target machine 1627has, and how (in general) they can be used. 1628 1629The description of which registers a specific instruction can use is 1630done with register classes; see @ref{Register Classes}. For information 1631on using registers to access a stack frame, see @ref{Frame Registers}. 1632For passing values in registers, see @ref{Register Arguments}. 1633For returning values in registers, see @ref{Scalar Return}. 1634 1635@menu 1636* Register Basics:: Number and kinds of registers. 1637* Allocation Order:: Order in which registers are allocated. 1638* Values in Registers:: What kinds of values each reg can hold. 1639* Leaf Functions:: Renumbering registers for leaf functions. 1640* Stack Registers:: Handling a register stack such as 80387. 1641@end menu 1642 1643@node Register Basics 1644@subsection Basic Characteristics of Registers 1645 1646@c prevent bad page break with this line 1647Registers have various characteristics. 1648 1649@defmac FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 1650Number of hardware registers known to the compiler. They receive 1651numbers 0 through @code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER-1}; thus, the first 1652pseudo register's number really is assigned the number 1653@code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER}. 1654@end defmac 1655 1656@defmac FIXED_REGISTERS 1657@cindex fixed register 1658An initializer that says which registers are used for fixed purposes 1659all throughout the compiled code and are therefore not available for 1660general allocation. These would include the stack pointer, the frame 1661pointer (except on machines where that can be used as a general 1662register when no frame pointer is needed), the program counter on 1663machines where that is considered one of the addressable registers, 1664and any other numbered register with a standard use. 1665 1666This information is expressed as a sequence of numbers, separated by 1667commas and surrounded by braces. The @var{n}th number is 1 if 1668register @var{n} is fixed, 0 otherwise. 1669 1670The table initialized from this macro, and the table initialized by 1671the following one, may be overridden at run time either automatically, 1672by the actions of the macro @code{CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE}, or by 1673the user with the command options @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}}, 1674@option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}. 1675@end defmac 1676 1677@defmac CALL_USED_REGISTERS 1678@cindex call-used register 1679@cindex call-clobbered register 1680@cindex call-saved register 1681Like @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} but has 1 for each register that is 1682clobbered (in general) by function calls as well as for fixed 1683registers. This macro therefore identifies the registers that are not 1684available for general allocation of values that must live across 1685function calls. 1686 1687If a register has 0 in @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS}, the compiler 1688automatically saves it on function entry and restores it on function 1689exit, if the register is used within the function. 1690 1691Exactly one of @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} and @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS} 1692must be defined. Modern ports should define @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}. 1693@end defmac 1694 1695@defmac CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS 1696@cindex call-used register 1697@cindex call-clobbered register 1698@cindex call-saved register 1699Like @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} except this macro doesn't require 1700that the entire set of @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} be included. 1701(@code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} must be a superset of @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}). 1702 1703Exactly one of @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} and @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS} 1704must be defined. Modern ports should define @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}. 1705@end defmac 1706 1707@cindex call-used register 1708@cindex call-clobbered register 1709@cindex call-saved register 1710@hook TARGET_FNTYPE_ABI 1711 1712@hook TARGET_INSN_CALLEE_ABI 1713 1714@cindex call-used register 1715@cindex call-clobbered register 1716@cindex call-saved register 1717@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED 1718 1719@hook TARGET_GET_MULTILIB_ABI_NAME 1720 1721@findex fixed_regs 1722@findex call_used_regs 1723@findex global_regs 1724@findex reg_names 1725@findex reg_class_contents 1726@hook TARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE 1727 1728@defmac INCOMING_REGNO (@var{out}) 1729Define this macro if the target machine has register windows. This C 1730expression returns the register number as seen by the called function 1731corresponding to the register number @var{out} as seen by the calling 1732function. Return @var{out} if register number @var{out} is not an 1733outbound register. 1734@end defmac 1735 1736@defmac OUTGOING_REGNO (@var{in}) 1737Define this macro if the target machine has register windows. This C 1738expression returns the register number as seen by the calling function 1739corresponding to the register number @var{in} as seen by the called 1740function. Return @var{in} if register number @var{in} is not an inbound 1741register. 1742@end defmac 1743 1744@defmac LOCAL_REGNO (@var{regno}) 1745Define this macro if the target machine has register windows. This C 1746expression returns true if the register is call-saved but is in the 1747register window. Unlike most call-saved registers, such registers 1748need not be explicitly restored on function exit or during non-local 1749gotos. 1750@end defmac 1751 1752@defmac PC_REGNUM 1753If the program counter has a register number, define this as that 1754register number. Otherwise, do not define it. 1755@end defmac 1756 1757@node Allocation Order 1758@subsection Order of Allocation of Registers 1759@cindex order of register allocation 1760@cindex register allocation order 1761 1762@c prevent bad page break with this line 1763Registers are allocated in order. 1764 1765@defmac REG_ALLOC_ORDER 1766If defined, an initializer for a vector of integers, containing the 1767numbers of hard registers in the order in which GCC should prefer 1768to use them (from most preferred to least). 1769 1770If this macro is not defined, registers are used lowest numbered first 1771(all else being equal). 1772 1773One use of this macro is on machines where the highest numbered 1774registers must always be saved and the save-multiple-registers 1775instruction supports only sequences of consecutive registers. On such 1776machines, define @code{REG_ALLOC_ORDER} to be an initializer that lists 1777the highest numbered allocable register first. 1778@end defmac 1779 1780@defmac ADJUST_REG_ALLOC_ORDER 1781A C statement (sans semicolon) to choose the order in which to allocate 1782hard registers for pseudo-registers local to a basic block. 1783 1784Store the desired register order in the array @code{reg_alloc_order}. 1785Element 0 should be the register to allocate first; element 1, the next 1786register; and so on. 1787 1788The macro body should not assume anything about the contents of 1789@code{reg_alloc_order} before execution of the macro. 1790 1791On most machines, it is not necessary to define this macro. 1792@end defmac 1793 1794@defmac HONOR_REG_ALLOC_ORDER 1795Normally, IRA tries to estimate the costs for saving a register in the 1796prologue and restoring it in the epilogue. This discourages it from 1797using call-saved registers. If a machine wants to ensure that IRA 1798allocates registers in the order given by REG_ALLOC_ORDER even if some 1799call-saved registers appear earlier than call-used ones, then define this 1800macro as a C expression to nonzero. Default is 0. 1801@end defmac 1802 1803@defmac IRA_HARD_REGNO_ADD_COST_MULTIPLIER (@var{regno}) 1804In some case register allocation order is not enough for the 1805Integrated Register Allocator (@acronym{IRA}) to generate a good code. 1806If this macro is defined, it should return a floating point value 1807based on @var{regno}. The cost of using @var{regno} for a pseudo will 1808be increased by approximately the pseudo's usage frequency times the 1809value returned by this macro. Not defining this macro is equivalent 1810to having it always return @code{0.0}. 1811 1812On most machines, it is not necessary to define this macro. 1813@end defmac 1814 1815@node Values in Registers 1816@subsection How Values Fit in Registers 1817 1818This section discusses the macros that describe which kinds of values 1819(specifically, which machine modes) each register can hold, and how many 1820consecutive registers are needed for a given mode. 1821 1822@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS 1823 1824@defmac HARD_REGNO_NREGS_HAS_PADDING (@var{regno}, @var{mode}) 1825A C expression that is nonzero if a value of mode @var{mode}, stored 1826in memory, ends with padding that causes it to take up more space than 1827in registers starting at register number @var{regno} (as determined by 1828multiplying GCC's notion of the size of the register when containing 1829this mode by the number of registers returned by 1830@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}). By default this is zero. 1831 1832For example, if a floating-point value is stored in three 32-bit 1833registers but takes up 128 bits in memory, then this would be 1834nonzero. 1835 1836This macros only needs to be defined if there are cases where 1837@code{subreg_get_info} 1838would otherwise wrongly determine that a @code{subreg} can be 1839represented by an offset to the register number, when in fact such a 1840@code{subreg} would contain some of the padding not stored in 1841registers and so not be representable. 1842@end defmac 1843 1844@defmac HARD_REGNO_NREGS_WITH_PADDING (@var{regno}, @var{mode}) 1845For values of @var{regno} and @var{mode} for which 1846@code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS_HAS_PADDING} returns nonzero, a C expression 1847returning the greater number of registers required to hold the value 1848including any padding. In the example above, the value would be four. 1849@end defmac 1850 1851@defmac REGMODE_NATURAL_SIZE (@var{mode}) 1852Define this macro if the natural size of registers that hold values 1853of mode @var{mode} is not the word size. It is a C expression that 1854should give the natural size in bytes for the specified mode. It is 1855used by the register allocator to try to optimize its results. This 1856happens for example on SPARC 64-bit where the natural size of 1857floating-point registers is still 32-bit. 1858@end defmac 1859 1860@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK 1861 1862@defmac HARD_REGNO_RENAME_OK (@var{from}, @var{to}) 1863A C expression that is nonzero if it is OK to rename a hard register 1864@var{from} to another hard register @var{to}. 1865 1866One common use of this macro is to prevent renaming of a register to 1867another register that is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt 1868handler. 1869 1870The default is always nonzero. 1871@end defmac 1872 1873@hook TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P 1874 1875@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_SCRATCH_OK 1876 1877@defmac AVOID_CCMODE_COPIES 1878Define this macro if the compiler should avoid copies to/from @code{CCmode} 1879registers. You should only define this macro if support for copying to/from 1880@code{CCmode} is incomplete. 1881@end defmac 1882 1883@node Leaf Functions 1884@subsection Handling Leaf Functions 1885 1886@cindex leaf functions 1887@cindex functions, leaf 1888On some machines, a leaf function (i.e., one which makes no calls) can run 1889more efficiently if it does not make its own register window. Often this 1890means it is required to receive its arguments in the registers where they 1891are passed by the caller, instead of the registers where they would 1892normally arrive. 1893 1894The special treatment for leaf functions generally applies only when 1895other conditions are met; for example, often they may use only those 1896registers for its own variables and temporaries. We use the term ``leaf 1897function'' to mean a function that is suitable for this special 1898handling, so that functions with no calls are not necessarily ``leaf 1899functions''. 1900 1901GCC assigns register numbers before it knows whether the function is 1902suitable for leaf function treatment. So it needs to renumber the 1903registers in order to output a leaf function. The following macros 1904accomplish this. 1905 1906@defmac LEAF_REGISTERS 1907Name of a char vector, indexed by hard register number, which 1908contains 1 for a register that is allowable in a candidate for leaf 1909function treatment. 1910 1911If leaf function treatment involves renumbering the registers, then the 1912registers marked here should be the ones before renumbering---those that 1913GCC would ordinarily allocate. The registers which will actually be 1914used in the assembler code, after renumbering, should not be marked with 1 1915in this vector. 1916 1917Define this macro only if the target machine offers a way to optimize 1918the treatment of leaf functions. 1919@end defmac 1920 1921@defmac LEAF_REG_REMAP (@var{regno}) 1922A C expression whose value is the register number to which @var{regno} 1923should be renumbered, when a function is treated as a leaf function. 1924 1925If @var{regno} is a register number which should not appear in a leaf 1926function before renumbering, then the expression should yield @minus{}1, which 1927will cause the compiler to abort. 1928 1929Define this macro only if the target machine offers a way to optimize the 1930treatment of leaf functions, and registers need to be renumbered to do 1931this. 1932@end defmac 1933 1934@findex current_function_is_leaf 1935@findex current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs 1936@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and 1937@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must usually treat leaf functions 1938specially. They can test the C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} 1939which is nonzero for leaf functions. @code{current_function_is_leaf} is 1940set prior to local register allocation and is valid for the remaining 1941compiler passes. They can also test the C variable 1942@code{current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs} which is nonzero for leaf 1943functions which only use leaf registers. 1944@code{current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs} is valid after all passes 1945that modify the instructions have been run and is only useful if 1946@code{LEAF_REGISTERS} is defined. 1947@c changed this to fix overfull. ALSO: why the "it" at the beginning 1948@c of the next paragraph?! --mew 2feb93 1949 1950@node Stack Registers 1951@subsection Registers That Form a Stack 1952 1953There are special features to handle computers where some of the 1954``registers'' form a stack. Stack registers are normally written by 1955pushing onto the stack, and are numbered relative to the top of the 1956stack. 1957 1958Currently, GCC can only handle one group of stack-like registers, and 1959they must be consecutively numbered. Furthermore, the existing 1960support for stack-like registers is specific to the 80387 floating 1961point coprocessor. If you have a new architecture that uses 1962stack-like registers, you will need to do substantial work on 1963@file{reg-stack.c} and write your machine description to cooperate 1964with it, as well as defining these macros. 1965 1966@defmac STACK_REGS 1967Define this if the machine has any stack-like registers. 1968@end defmac 1969 1970@defmac STACK_REG_COVER_CLASS 1971This is a cover class containing the stack registers. Define this if 1972the machine has any stack-like registers. 1973@end defmac 1974 1975@defmac FIRST_STACK_REG 1976The number of the first stack-like register. This one is the top 1977of the stack. 1978@end defmac 1979 1980@defmac LAST_STACK_REG 1981The number of the last stack-like register. This one is the bottom of 1982the stack. 1983@end defmac 1984 1985@node Register Classes 1986@section Register Classes 1987@cindex register class definitions 1988@cindex class definitions, register 1989 1990On many machines, the numbered registers are not all equivalent. 1991For example, certain registers may not be allowed for indexed addressing; 1992certain registers may not be allowed in some instructions. These machine 1993restrictions are described to the compiler using @dfn{register classes}. 1994 1995You define a number of register classes, giving each one a name and saying 1996which of the registers belong to it. Then you can specify register classes 1997that are allowed as operands to particular instruction patterns. 1998 1999@findex ALL_REGS 2000@findex NO_REGS 2001In general, each register will belong to several classes. In fact, one 2002class must be named @code{ALL_REGS} and contain all the registers. Another 2003class must be named @code{NO_REGS} and contain no registers. Often the 2004union of two classes will be another class; however, this is not required. 2005 2006@findex GENERAL_REGS 2007One of the classes must be named @code{GENERAL_REGS}. There is nothing 2008terribly special about the name, but the operand constraint letters 2009@samp{r} and @samp{g} specify this class. If @code{GENERAL_REGS} is 2010the same as @code{ALL_REGS}, just define it as a macro which expands 2011to @code{ALL_REGS}. 2012 2013Order the classes so that if class @var{x} is contained in class @var{y} 2014then @var{x} has a lower class number than @var{y}. 2015 2016The way classes other than @code{GENERAL_REGS} are specified in operand 2017constraints is through machine-dependent operand constraint letters. 2018You can define such letters to correspond to various classes, then use 2019them in operand constraints. 2020 2021You must define the narrowest register classes for allocatable 2022registers, so that each class either has no subclasses, or that for 2023some mode, the move cost between registers within the class is 2024cheaper than moving a register in the class to or from memory 2025(@pxref{Costs}). 2026 2027You should define a class for the union of two classes whenever some 2028instruction allows both classes. For example, if an instruction allows 2029either a floating point (coprocessor) register or a general register for a 2030certain operand, you should define a class @code{FLOAT_OR_GENERAL_REGS} 2031which includes both of them. Otherwise you will get suboptimal code, 2032or even internal compiler errors when reload cannot find a register in the 2033class computed via @code{reg_class_subunion}. 2034 2035You must also specify certain redundant information about the register 2036classes: for each class, which classes contain it and which ones are 2037contained in it; for each pair of classes, the largest class contained 2038in their union. 2039 2040When a value occupying several consecutive registers is expected in a 2041certain class, all the registers used must belong to that class. 2042Therefore, register classes cannot be used to enforce a requirement for 2043a register pair to start with an even-numbered register. The way to 2044specify this requirement is with @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. 2045 2046Register classes used for input-operands of bitwise-and or shift 2047instructions have a special requirement: each such class must have, for 2048each fixed-point machine mode, a subclass whose registers can transfer that 2049mode to or from memory. For example, on some machines, the operations for 2050single-byte values (@code{QImode}) are limited to certain registers. When 2051this is so, each register class that is used in a bitwise-and or shift 2052instruction must have a subclass consisting of registers from which 2053single-byte values can be loaded or stored. This is so that 2054@code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} can always have a possible value to return. 2055 2056@deftp {Data type} {enum reg_class} 2057An enumerated type that must be defined with all the register class names 2058as enumerated values. @code{NO_REGS} must be first. @code{ALL_REGS} 2059must be the last register class, followed by one more enumerated value, 2060@code{LIM_REG_CLASSES}, which is not a register class but rather 2061tells how many classes there are. 2062 2063Each register class has a number, which is the value of casting 2064the class name to type @code{int}. The number serves as an index 2065in many of the tables described below. 2066@end deftp 2067 2068@defmac N_REG_CLASSES 2069The number of distinct register classes, defined as follows: 2070 2071@smallexample 2072#define N_REG_CLASSES (int) LIM_REG_CLASSES 2073@end smallexample 2074@end defmac 2075 2076@defmac REG_CLASS_NAMES 2077An initializer containing the names of the register classes as C string 2078constants. These names are used in writing some of the debugging dumps. 2079@end defmac 2080 2081@defmac REG_CLASS_CONTENTS 2082An initializer containing the contents of the register classes, as integers 2083which are bit masks. The @var{n}th integer specifies the contents of class 2084@var{n}. The way the integer @var{mask} is interpreted is that 2085register @var{r} is in the class if @code{@var{mask} & (1 << @var{r})} is 1. 2086 2087When the machine has more than 32 registers, an integer does not suffice. 2088Then the integers are replaced by sub-initializers, braced groupings containing 2089several integers. Each sub-initializer must be suitable as an initializer 2090for the type @code{HARD_REG_SET} which is defined in @file{hard-reg-set.h}. 2091In this situation, the first integer in each sub-initializer corresponds to 2092registers 0 through 31, the second integer to registers 32 through 63, and 2093so on. 2094@end defmac 2095 2096@defmac REGNO_REG_CLASS (@var{regno}) 2097A C expression whose value is a register class containing hard register 2098@var{regno}. In general there is more than one such class; choose a class 2099which is @dfn{minimal}, meaning that no smaller class also contains the 2100register. 2101@end defmac 2102 2103@defmac BASE_REG_CLASS 2104A macro whose definition is the name of the class to which a valid 2105base register must belong. A base register is one used in an address 2106which is the register value plus a displacement. 2107@end defmac 2108 2109@defmac MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (@var{mode}) 2110This is a variation of the @code{BASE_REG_CLASS} macro which allows 2111the selection of a base register in a mode dependent manner. If 2112@var{mode} is VOIDmode then it should return the same value as 2113@code{BASE_REG_CLASS}. 2114@end defmac 2115 2116@defmac MODE_BASE_REG_REG_CLASS (@var{mode}) 2117A C expression whose value is the register class to which a valid 2118base register must belong in order to be used in a base plus index 2119register address. You should define this macro if base plus index 2120addresses have different requirements than other base register uses. 2121@end defmac 2122 2123@defmac MODE_CODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (@var{mode}, @var{address_space}, @var{outer_code}, @var{index_code}) 2124A C expression whose value is the register class to which a valid 2125base register for a memory reference in mode @var{mode} to address 2126space @var{address_space} must belong. @var{outer_code} and @var{index_code} 2127define the context in which the base register occurs. @var{outer_code} is 2128the code of the immediately enclosing expression (@code{MEM} for the top level 2129of an address, @code{ADDRESS} for something that occurs in an 2130@code{address_operand}). @var{index_code} is the code of the corresponding 2131index expression if @var{outer_code} is @code{PLUS}; @code{SCRATCH} otherwise. 2132@end defmac 2133 2134@defmac INDEX_REG_CLASS 2135A macro whose definition is the name of the class to which a valid 2136index register must belong. An index register is one used in an 2137address where its value is either multiplied by a scale factor or 2138added to another register (as well as added to a displacement). 2139@end defmac 2140 2141@defmac REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num}) 2142A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is 2143suitable for use as a base register in operand addresses. 2144@end defmac 2145 2146@defmac REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode}) 2147A C expression that is just like @code{REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P}, except that 2148that expression may examine the mode of the memory reference in 2149@var{mode}. You should define this macro if the mode of the memory 2150reference affects whether a register may be used as a base register. If 2151you define this macro, the compiler will use it instead of 2152@code{REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P}. The mode may be @code{VOIDmode} for 2153addresses that appear outside a @code{MEM}, i.e., as an 2154@code{address_operand}. 2155@end defmac 2156 2157@defmac REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_REG_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode}) 2158A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is suitable for 2159use as a base register in base plus index operand addresses, accessing 2160memory in mode @var{mode}. It may be either a suitable hard register or a 2161pseudo register that has been allocated such a hard register. You should 2162define this macro if base plus index addresses have different requirements 2163than other base register uses. 2164 2165Use of this macro is deprecated; please use the more general 2166@code{REGNO_MODE_CODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P}. 2167@end defmac 2168 2169@defmac REGNO_MODE_CODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode}, @var{address_space}, @var{outer_code}, @var{index_code}) 2170A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is 2171suitable for use as a base register in operand addresses, accessing 2172memory in mode @var{mode} in address space @var{address_space}. 2173This is similar to @code{REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P}, except 2174that that expression may examine the context in which the register 2175appears in the memory reference. @var{outer_code} is the code of the 2176immediately enclosing expression (@code{MEM} if at the top level of the 2177address, @code{ADDRESS} for something that occurs in an 2178@code{address_operand}). @var{index_code} is the code of the 2179corresponding index expression if @var{outer_code} is @code{PLUS}; 2180@code{SCRATCH} otherwise. The mode may be @code{VOIDmode} for addresses 2181that appear outside a @code{MEM}, i.e., as an @code{address_operand}. 2182@end defmac 2183 2184@defmac REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (@var{num}) 2185A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is 2186suitable for use as an index register in operand addresses. It may be 2187either a suitable hard register or a pseudo register that has been 2188allocated such a hard register. 2189 2190The difference between an index register and a base register is that 2191the index register may be scaled. If an address involves the sum of 2192two registers, neither one of them scaled, then either one may be 2193labeled the ``base'' and the other the ``index''; but whichever 2194labeling is used must fit the machine's constraints of which registers 2195may serve in each capacity. The compiler will try both labelings, 2196looking for one that is valid, and will reload one or both registers 2197only if neither labeling works. 2198@end defmac 2199 2200@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_RENAME_CLASS 2201 2202@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS 2203 2204@defmac PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{x}, @var{class}) 2205A C expression that places additional restrictions on the register class 2206to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class 2207@var{class}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{class}, or perhaps 2208another, smaller class. On many machines, the following definition is 2209safe: 2210 2211@smallexample 2212#define PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS(X,CLASS) CLASS 2213@end smallexample 2214 2215Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For 2216example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range 2217for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always 2218@code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{class} includes the data registers. 2219Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used. 2220 2221One case where @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return 2222@var{class} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be 2223loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can 2224force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load 2225immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an 2226instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point 2227register, so @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when 2228@var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant cannot be loaded 2229into any kind of register, code generation will be better if 2230@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead 2231of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}. 2232 2233If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go 2234through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} 2235to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes 2236reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses 2237this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in 2238the SSE registers (and vice versa). 2239@end defmac 2240 2241@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS 2242 2243@defmac LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{mode}, @var{class}) 2244A C expression that places additional restrictions on the register class 2245to use when it is necessary to be able to hold a value of mode 2246@var{mode} in a reload register for which class @var{class} would 2247ordinarily be used. 2248 2249Unlike @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, this macro should be used when 2250there are certain modes that simply cannot go in certain reload classes. 2251 2252The value is a register class; perhaps @var{class}, or perhaps another, 2253smaller class. 2254 2255Don't define this macro unless the target machine has limitations which 2256require the macro to do something nontrivial. 2257@end defmac 2258 2259@hook TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD 2260 2261@defmac SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x}) 2262@defmacx SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x}) 2263@defmacx SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x}) 2264These macros are obsolete, new ports should use the target hook 2265@code{TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD} instead. 2266 2267These are obsolete macros, replaced by the @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD} 2268target hook. Older ports still define these macros to indicate to the 2269reload phase that it may 2270need to allocate at least one register for a reload in addition to the 2271register to contain the data. Specifically, if copying @var{x} to a 2272register @var{class} in @var{mode} requires an intermediate register, 2273you were supposed to define @code{SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to return the 2274largest register class all of whose registers can be used as 2275intermediate registers or scratch registers. 2276 2277If copying a register @var{class} in @var{mode} to @var{x} requires an 2278intermediate or scratch register, @code{SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} 2279was supposed to be defined be defined to return the largest register 2280class required. If the 2281requirements for input and output reloads were the same, the macro 2282@code{SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS} should have been used instead of defining both 2283macros identically. 2284 2285The values returned by these macros are often @code{GENERAL_REGS}. 2286Return @code{NO_REGS} if no spare register is needed; i.e., if @var{x} 2287can be directly copied to or from a register of @var{class} in 2288@var{mode} without requiring a scratch register. Do not define this 2289macro if it would always return @code{NO_REGS}. 2290 2291If a scratch register is required (either with or without an 2292intermediate register), you were supposed to define patterns for 2293@samp{reload_in@var{m}} or @samp{reload_out@var{m}}, as required 2294(@pxref{Standard Names}. These patterns, which were normally 2295implemented with a @code{define_expand}, should be similar to the 2296@samp{mov@var{m}} patterns, except that operand 2 is the scratch 2297register. 2298 2299These patterns need constraints for the reload register and scratch 2300register that 2301contain a single register class. If the original reload register (whose 2302class is @var{class}) can meet the constraint given in the pattern, the 2303value returned by these macros is used for the class of the scratch 2304register. Otherwise, two additional reload registers are required. 2305Their classes are obtained from the constraints in the insn pattern. 2306 2307@var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a 2308pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory. 2309Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is 2310in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register. 2311 2312These macros should not be used in the case where a particular class of 2313registers can only be copied to memory and not to another class of 2314registers. In that case, secondary reload registers are not needed and 2315would not be helpful. Instead, a stack location must be used to perform 2316the copy and the @code{mov@var{m}} pattern should use memory as an 2317intermediate storage. This case often occurs between floating-point and 2318general registers. 2319@end defmac 2320 2321@hook TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED 2322 2323@defmac SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_RTX (@var{mode}) 2324Normally when @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} is defined, the compiler 2325allocates a stack slot for a memory location needed for register copies. 2326If this macro is defined, the compiler instead uses the memory location 2327defined by this macro. 2328 2329Do not define this macro if you do not define 2330@code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED}. 2331@end defmac 2332 2333@hook TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_MODE 2334 2335@hook TARGET_SELECT_EARLY_REMAT_MODES 2336 2337@hook TARGET_CLASS_LIKELY_SPILLED_P 2338 2339@hook TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS 2340 2341@defmac CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{class}, @var{mode}) 2342A C expression for the maximum number of consecutive registers 2343of class @var{class} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}. 2344 2345This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}. In fact, 2346the value of the macro @code{CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{class}, @var{mode})} 2347should be the maximum value of @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, 2348@var{mode})} for all @var{regno} values in the class @var{class}. 2349 2350This macro helps control the handling of multiple-word values 2351in the reload pass. 2352@end defmac 2353 2354@hook TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS 2355 2356@hook TARGET_IRA_CHANGE_PSEUDO_ALLOCNO_CLASS 2357 2358@hook TARGET_LRA_P 2359 2360@hook TARGET_REGISTER_PRIORITY 2361 2362@hook TARGET_REGISTER_USAGE_LEVELING_P 2363 2364@hook TARGET_DIFFERENT_ADDR_DISPLACEMENT_P 2365 2366@hook TARGET_CANNOT_SUBSTITUTE_MEM_EQUIV_P 2367 2368@hook TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS_DISPLACEMENT 2369 2370@hook TARGET_SPILL_CLASS 2371 2372@hook TARGET_ADDITIONAL_ALLOCNO_CLASS_P 2373 2374@hook TARGET_CSTORE_MODE 2375 2376@hook TARGET_COMPUTE_PRESSURE_CLASSES 2377 2378@node Stack and Calling 2379@section Stack Layout and Calling Conventions 2380@cindex calling conventions 2381 2382@c prevent bad page break with this line 2383This describes the stack layout and calling conventions. 2384 2385@menu 2386* Frame Layout:: 2387* Exception Handling:: 2388* Stack Checking:: 2389* Frame Registers:: 2390* Elimination:: 2391* Stack Arguments:: 2392* Register Arguments:: 2393* Scalar Return:: 2394* Aggregate Return:: 2395* Caller Saves:: 2396* Function Entry:: 2397* Profiling:: 2398* Tail Calls:: 2399* Shrink-wrapping separate components:: 2400* Stack Smashing Protection:: 2401* Miscellaneous Register Hooks:: 2402@end menu 2403 2404@node Frame Layout 2405@subsection Basic Stack Layout 2406@cindex stack frame layout 2407@cindex frame layout 2408 2409@c prevent bad page break with this line 2410Here is the basic stack layout. 2411 2412@defmac STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD 2413Define this macro to be true if pushing a word onto the stack moves the stack 2414pointer to a smaller address, and false otherwise. 2415@end defmac 2416 2417@defmac STACK_PUSH_CODE 2418This macro defines the operation used when something is pushed 2419on the stack. In RTL, a push operation will be 2420@code{(set (mem (STACK_PUSH_CODE (reg sp))) @dots{})} 2421 2422The choices are @code{PRE_DEC}, @code{POST_DEC}, @code{PRE_INC}, 2423and @code{POST_INC}. Which of these is correct depends on 2424the stack direction and on whether the stack pointer points 2425to the last item on the stack or whether it points to the 2426space for the next item on the stack. 2427 2428The default is @code{PRE_DEC} when @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is 2429true, which is almost always right, and @code{PRE_INC} otherwise, 2430which is often wrong. 2431@end defmac 2432 2433@defmac FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD 2434Define this macro to nonzero value if the addresses of local variable slots 2435are at negative offsets from the frame pointer. 2436@end defmac 2437 2438@defmac ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD 2439Define this macro if successive arguments to a function occupy decreasing 2440addresses on the stack. 2441@end defmac 2442 2443@hook TARGET_STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET 2444 2445@defmac STACK_ALIGNMENT_NEEDED 2446Define to zero to disable final alignment of the stack during reload. 2447The nonzero default for this macro is suitable for most ports. 2448 2449On ports where @code{TARGET_STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET} is nonzero or where there 2450is a register save block following the local block that doesn't require 2451alignment to @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}, it may be beneficial to disable 2452stack alignment and do it in the backend. 2453@end defmac 2454 2455@defmac STACK_POINTER_OFFSET 2456Offset from the stack pointer register to the first location at which 2457outgoing arguments are placed. If not specified, the default value of 2458zero is used. This is the proper value for most machines. 2459 2460If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, this is the offset to the location above 2461the first location at which outgoing arguments are placed. 2462@end defmac 2463 2464@defmac FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (@var{fundecl}) 2465Offset from the argument pointer register to the first argument's 2466address. On some machines it may depend on the data type of the 2467function. 2468 2469If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, this is the offset to the location above 2470the first argument's address. 2471@end defmac 2472 2473@defmac STACK_DYNAMIC_OFFSET (@var{fundecl}) 2474Offset from the stack pointer register to an item dynamically allocated 2475on the stack, e.g., by @code{alloca}. 2476 2477The default value for this macro is @code{STACK_POINTER_OFFSET} plus the 2478length of the outgoing arguments. The default is correct for most 2479machines. See @file{function.c} for details. 2480@end defmac 2481 2482@defmac INITIAL_FRAME_ADDRESS_RTX 2483A C expression whose value is RTL representing the address of the initial 2484stack frame. This address is passed to @code{RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and 2485@code{DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS}. If you don't define this macro, a reasonable 2486default value will be used. Define this macro in order to make frame pointer 2487elimination work in the presence of @code{__builtin_frame_address (count)} and 2488@code{__builtin_return_address (count)} for @code{count} not equal to zero. 2489@end defmac 2490 2491@defmac DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS (@var{frameaddr}) 2492A C expression whose value is RTL representing the address in a stack 2493frame where the pointer to the caller's frame is stored. Assume that 2494@var{frameaddr} is an RTL expression for the address of the stack frame 2495itself. 2496 2497If you don't define this macro, the default is to return the value 2498of @var{frameaddr}---that is, the stack frame address is also the 2499address of the stack word that points to the previous frame. 2500@end defmac 2501 2502@defmac SETUP_FRAME_ADDRESSES 2503A C expression that produces the machine-specific code to 2504setup the stack so that arbitrary frames can be accessed. For example, 2505on the SPARC, we must flush all of the register windows to the stack 2506before we can access arbitrary stack frames. You will seldom need to 2507define this macro. The default is to do nothing. 2508@end defmac 2509 2510@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_SETJMP_FRAME_VALUE 2511 2512@defmac FRAME_ADDR_RTX (@var{frameaddr}) 2513A C expression whose value is RTL representing the value of the frame 2514address for the current frame. @var{frameaddr} is the frame pointer 2515of the current frame. This is used for __builtin_frame_address. 2516You need only define this macro if the frame address is not the same 2517as the frame pointer. Most machines do not need to define it. 2518@end defmac 2519 2520@defmac RETURN_ADDR_RTX (@var{count}, @var{frameaddr}) 2521A C expression whose value is RTL representing the value of the return 2522address for the frame @var{count} steps up from the current frame, after 2523the prologue. @var{frameaddr} is the frame pointer of the @var{count} 2524frame, or the frame pointer of the @var{count} @minus{} 1 frame if 2525@code{RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME} is nonzero. 2526 2527The value of the expression must always be the correct address when 2528@var{count} is zero, but may be @code{NULL_RTX} if there is no way to 2529determine the return address of other frames. 2530@end defmac 2531 2532@defmac RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME 2533Define this macro to nonzero value if the return address of a particular 2534stack frame is accessed from the frame pointer of the previous stack 2535frame. The zero default for this macro is suitable for most ports. 2536@end defmac 2537 2538@defmac INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX 2539A C expression whose value is RTL representing the location of the 2540incoming return address at the beginning of any function, before the 2541prologue. This RTL is either a @code{REG}, indicating that the return 2542value is saved in @samp{REG}, or a @code{MEM} representing a location in 2543the stack. 2544 2545You only need to define this macro if you want to support call frame 2546debugging information like that provided by DWARF 2. 2547 2548If this RTL is a @code{REG}, you should also define 2549@code{DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN} to @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO)}. 2550@end defmac 2551 2552@defmac DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN 2553A C expression whose value is an integer giving a DWARF 2 column 2554number that may be used as an alternative return column. The column 2555must not correspond to any gcc hard register (that is, it must not 2556be in the range of @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM}). 2557 2558This macro can be useful if @code{DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN} is set to a 2559general register, but an alternative column needs to be used for signal 2560frames. Some targets have also used different frame return columns 2561over time. 2562@end defmac 2563 2564@defmac DWARF_ZERO_REG 2565A C expression whose value is an integer giving a DWARF 2 register 2566number that is considered to always have the value zero. This should 2567only be defined if the target has an architected zero register, and 2568someone decided it was a good idea to use that register number to 2569terminate the stack backtrace. New ports should avoid this. 2570@end defmac 2571 2572@hook TARGET_DWARF_HANDLE_FRAME_UNSPEC 2573 2574@hook TARGET_DWARF_POLY_INDETERMINATE_VALUE 2575 2576@defmac INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 2577A C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset, in bytes, 2578from the value of the stack pointer register to the top of the stack 2579frame at the beginning of any function, before the prologue. The top of 2580the frame is defined to be the value of the stack pointer in the 2581previous frame, just before the call instruction. 2582 2583You only need to define this macro if you want to support call frame 2584debugging information like that provided by DWARF 2. 2585@end defmac 2586 2587@defmac DEFAULT_INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 2588Like @code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET}, but must be the same for all 2589functions of the same ABI, and when using GAS @code{.cfi_*} directives 2590must also agree with the default CFI GAS emits. Define this macro 2591only if @code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET} can have different values 2592between different functions of the same ABI or when 2593@code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET} does not agree with GAS default CFI. 2594@end defmac 2595 2596@defmac ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (@var{fundecl}) 2597A C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset, in bytes, 2598from the argument pointer to the canonical frame address (cfa). The 2599final value should coincide with that calculated by 2600@code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET}. Which is unfortunately not usable 2601during virtual register instantiation. 2602 2603The default value for this macro is 2604@code{FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (fundecl) + crtl->args.pretend_args_size}, 2605which is correct for most machines; in general, the arguments are found 2606immediately before the stack frame. Note that this is not the case on 2607some targets that save registers into the caller's frame, such as SPARC 2608and rs6000, and so such targets need to define this macro. 2609 2610You only need to define this macro if the default is incorrect, and you 2611want to support call frame debugging information like that provided by 2612DWARF 2. 2613@end defmac 2614 2615@defmac FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (@var{fundecl}) 2616If defined, a C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset 2617in bytes from the frame pointer to the canonical frame address (cfa). 2618The final value should coincide with that calculated by 2619@code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET}. 2620 2621Normally the CFA is calculated as an offset from the argument pointer, 2622via @code{ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET}, but if the argument pointer is 2623variable due to the ABI, this may not be possible. If this macro is 2624defined, it implies that the virtual register instantiation should be 2625based on the frame pointer instead of the argument pointer. Only one 2626of @code{FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET} and @code{ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET} 2627should be defined. 2628@end defmac 2629 2630@defmac CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (@var{fundecl}) 2631If defined, a C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset 2632in bytes from the canonical frame address (cfa) to the frame base used 2633in DWARF 2 debug information. The default is zero. A different value 2634may reduce the size of debug information on some ports. 2635@end defmac 2636 2637@node Exception Handling 2638@subsection Exception Handling Support 2639@cindex exception handling 2640 2641@defmac EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO (@var{N}) 2642A C expression whose value is the @var{N}th register number used for 2643data by exception handlers, or @code{INVALID_REGNUM} if fewer than 2644@var{N} registers are usable. 2645 2646The exception handling library routines communicate with the exception 2647handlers via a set of agreed upon registers. Ideally these registers 2648should be call-clobbered; it is possible to use call-saved registers, 2649but may negatively impact code size. The target must support at least 26502 data registers, but should define 4 if there are enough free registers. 2651 2652You must define this macro if you want to support call frame exception 2653handling like that provided by DWARF 2. 2654@end defmac 2655 2656@defmac EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX 2657A C expression whose value is RTL representing a location in which 2658to store a stack adjustment to be applied before function return. 2659This is used to unwind the stack to an exception handler's call frame. 2660It will be assigned zero on code paths that return normally. 2661 2662Typically this is a call-clobbered hard register that is otherwise 2663untouched by the epilogue, but could also be a stack slot. 2664 2665Do not define this macro if the stack pointer is saved and restored 2666by the regular prolog and epilog code in the call frame itself; in 2667this case, the exception handling library routines will update the 2668stack location to be restored in place. Otherwise, you must define 2669this macro if you want to support call frame exception handling like 2670that provided by DWARF 2. 2671@end defmac 2672 2673@defmac EH_RETURN_HANDLER_RTX 2674A C expression whose value is RTL representing a location in which 2675to store the address of an exception handler to which we should 2676return. It will not be assigned on code paths that return normally. 2677 2678Typically this is the location in the call frame at which the normal 2679return address is stored. For targets that return by popping an 2680address off the stack, this might be a memory address just below 2681the @emph{target} call frame rather than inside the current call 2682frame. If defined, @code{EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX} will have already 2683been assigned, so it may be used to calculate the location of the 2684target call frame. 2685 2686Some targets have more complex requirements than storing to an 2687address calculable during initial code generation. In that case 2688the @code{eh_return} instruction pattern should be used instead. 2689 2690If you want to support call frame exception handling, you must 2691define either this macro or the @code{eh_return} instruction pattern. 2692@end defmac 2693 2694@defmac RETURN_ADDR_OFFSET 2695If defined, an integer-valued C expression for which rtl will be generated 2696to add it to the exception handler address before it is searched in the 2697exception handling tables, and to subtract it again from the address before 2698using it to return to the exception handler. 2699@end defmac 2700 2701@defmac ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (@var{code}, @var{global}) 2702This macro chooses the encoding of pointers embedded in the exception 2703handling sections. If at all possible, this should be defined such 2704that the exception handling section will not require dynamic relocations, 2705and so may be read-only. 2706 2707@var{code} is 0 for data, 1 for code labels, 2 for function pointers. 2708@var{global} is true if the symbol may be affected by dynamic relocations. 2709The macro should return a combination of the @code{DW_EH_PE_*} defines 2710as found in @file{dwarf2.h}. 2711 2712If this macro is not defined, pointers will not be encoded but 2713represented directly. 2714@end defmac 2715 2716@defmac ASM_MAYBE_OUTPUT_ENCODED_ADDR_RTX (@var{file}, @var{encoding}, @var{size}, @var{addr}, @var{done}) 2717This macro allows the target to emit whatever special magic is required 2718to represent the encoding chosen by @code{ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT}. 2719Generic code takes care of pc-relative and indirect encodings; this must 2720be defined if the target uses text-relative or data-relative encodings. 2721 2722This is a C statement that branches to @var{done} if the format was 2723handled. @var{encoding} is the format chosen, @var{size} is the number 2724of bytes that the format occupies, @var{addr} is the @code{SYMBOL_REF} 2725to be emitted. 2726@end defmac 2727 2728@defmac MD_FALLBACK_FRAME_STATE_FOR (@var{context}, @var{fs}) 2729This macro allows the target to add CPU and operating system specific 2730code to the call-frame unwinder for use when there is no unwind data 2731available. The most common reason to implement this macro is to unwind 2732through signal frames. 2733 2734This macro is called from @code{uw_frame_state_for} in 2735@file{unwind-dw2.c}, @file{unwind-dw2-xtensa.c} and 2736@file{unwind-ia64.c}. @var{context} is an @code{_Unwind_Context}; 2737@var{fs} is an @code{_Unwind_FrameState}. Examine @code{context->ra} 2738for the address of the code being executed and @code{context->cfa} for 2739the stack pointer value. If the frame can be decoded, the register 2740save addresses should be updated in @var{fs} and the macro should 2741evaluate to @code{_URC_NO_REASON}. If the frame cannot be decoded, 2742the macro should evaluate to @code{_URC_END_OF_STACK}. 2743 2744For proper signal handling in Java this macro is accompanied by 2745@code{MAKE_THROW_FRAME}, defined in @file{libjava/include/*-signal.h} headers. 2746@end defmac 2747 2748@defmac MD_HANDLE_UNWABI (@var{context}, @var{fs}) 2749This macro allows the target to add operating system specific code to the 2750call-frame unwinder to handle the IA-64 @code{.unwabi} unwinding directive, 2751usually used for signal or interrupt frames. 2752 2753This macro is called from @code{uw_update_context} in libgcc's 2754@file{unwind-ia64.c}. @var{context} is an @code{_Unwind_Context}; 2755@var{fs} is an @code{_Unwind_FrameState}. Examine @code{fs->unwabi} 2756for the abi and context in the @code{.unwabi} directive. If the 2757@code{.unwabi} directive can be handled, the register save addresses should 2758be updated in @var{fs}. 2759@end defmac 2760 2761@defmac TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO 2762A C expression that evaluates to true if the target requires unwind 2763info to be given comdat linkage. Define it to be @code{1} if comdat 2764linkage is necessary. The default is @code{0}. 2765@end defmac 2766 2767@node Stack Checking 2768@subsection Specifying How Stack Checking is Done 2769 2770GCC will check that stack references are within the boundaries of the 2771stack, if the option @option{-fstack-check} is specified, in one of 2772three ways: 2773 2774@enumerate 2775@item 2776If the value of the @code{STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN} macro is nonzero, GCC 2777will assume that you have arranged for full stack checking to be done 2778at appropriate places in the configuration files. GCC will not do 2779other special processing. 2780 2781@item 2782If @code{STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN} is zero and the value of the 2783@code{STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN} macro is nonzero, GCC will assume 2784that you have arranged for static stack checking (checking of the 2785static stack frame of functions) to be done at appropriate places 2786in the configuration files. GCC will only emit code to do dynamic 2787stack checking (checking on dynamic stack allocations) using the third 2788approach below. 2789 2790@item 2791If neither of the above are true, GCC will generate code to periodically 2792``probe'' the stack pointer using the values of the macros defined below. 2793@end enumerate 2794 2795If neither STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN nor STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN is defined, 2796GCC will change its allocation strategy for large objects if the option 2797@option{-fstack-check} is specified: they will always be allocated 2798dynamically if their size exceeds @code{STACK_CHECK_MAX_VAR_SIZE} bytes. 2799 2800@defmac STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN 2801A nonzero value if stack checking is done by the configuration files in a 2802machine-dependent manner. You should define this macro if stack checking 2803is required by the ABI of your machine or if you would like to do stack 2804checking in some more efficient way than the generic approach. The default 2805value of this macro is zero. 2806@end defmac 2807 2808@defmac STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN 2809A nonzero value if static stack checking is done by the configuration files 2810in a machine-dependent manner. You should define this macro if you would 2811like to do static stack checking in some more efficient way than the generic 2812approach. The default value of this macro is zero. 2813@end defmac 2814 2815@defmac STACK_CHECK_PROBE_INTERVAL_EXP 2816An integer specifying the interval at which GCC must generate stack probe 2817instructions, defined as 2 raised to this integer. You will normally 2818define this macro so that the interval be no larger than the size of 2819the ``guard pages'' at the end of a stack area. The default value 2820of 12 (4096-byte interval) is suitable for most systems. 2821@end defmac 2822 2823@defmac STACK_CHECK_MOVING_SP 2824An integer which is nonzero if GCC should move the stack pointer page by page 2825when doing probes. This can be necessary on systems where the stack pointer 2826contains the bottom address of the memory area accessible to the executing 2827thread at any point in time. In this situation an alternate signal stack 2828is required in order to be able to recover from a stack overflow. The 2829default value of this macro is zero. 2830@end defmac 2831 2832@defmac STACK_CHECK_PROTECT 2833The number of bytes of stack needed to recover from a stack overflow, for 2834languages where such a recovery is supported. The default value of 4KB/8KB 2835with the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based exception handling mechanism and 28368KB/12KB with other exception handling mechanisms should be adequate for most 2837architectures and operating systems. 2838@end defmac 2839 2840The following macros are relevant only if neither STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN 2841nor STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN is defined; you can omit them altogether 2842in the opposite case. 2843 2844@defmac STACK_CHECK_MAX_FRAME_SIZE 2845The maximum size of a stack frame, in bytes. GCC will generate probe 2846instructions in non-leaf functions to ensure at least this many bytes of 2847stack are available. If a stack frame is larger than this size, stack 2848checking will not be reliable and GCC will issue a warning. The 2849default is chosen so that GCC only generates one instruction on most 2850systems. You should normally not change the default value of this macro. 2851@end defmac 2852 2853@defmac STACK_CHECK_FIXED_FRAME_SIZE 2854GCC uses this value to generate the above warning message. It 2855represents the amount of fixed frame used by a function, not including 2856space for any callee-saved registers, temporaries and user variables. 2857You need only specify an upper bound for this amount and will normally 2858use the default of four words. 2859@end defmac 2860 2861@defmac STACK_CHECK_MAX_VAR_SIZE 2862The maximum size, in bytes, of an object that GCC will place in the 2863fixed area of the stack frame when the user specifies 2864@option{-fstack-check}. 2865GCC computed the default from the values of the above macros and you will 2866normally not need to override that default. 2867@end defmac 2868 2869@hook TARGET_STACK_CLASH_PROTECTION_ALLOCA_PROBE_RANGE 2870 2871@need 2000 2872@node Frame Registers 2873@subsection Registers That Address the Stack Frame 2874 2875@c prevent bad page break with this line 2876This discusses registers that address the stack frame. 2877 2878@defmac STACK_POINTER_REGNUM 2879The register number of the stack pointer register, which must also be a 2880fixed register according to @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}. On most machines, 2881the hardware determines which register this is. 2882@end defmac 2883 2884@defmac FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM 2885The register number of the frame pointer register, which is used to 2886access automatic variables in the stack frame. On some machines, the 2887hardware determines which register this is. On other machines, you can 2888choose any register you wish for this purpose. 2889@end defmac 2890 2891@defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM 2892On some machines the offset between the frame pointer and starting 2893offset of the automatic variables is not known until after register 2894allocation has been done (for example, because the saved registers are 2895between these two locations). On those machines, define 2896@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} the number of a special, fixed register to 2897be used internally until the offset is known, and define 2898@code{HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} to be the actual hard register number 2899used for the frame pointer. 2900 2901You should define this macro only in the very rare circumstances when it 2902is not possible to calculate the offset between the frame pointer and 2903the automatic variables until after register allocation has been 2904completed. When this macro is defined, you must also indicate in your 2905definition of @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} how to eliminate 2906@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} into either @code{HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} 2907or @code{STACK_POINTER_REGNUM}. 2908 2909Do not define this macro if it would be the same as 2910@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM}. 2911@end defmac 2912 2913@defmac ARG_POINTER_REGNUM 2914The register number of the arg pointer register, which is used to access 2915the function's argument list. On some machines, this is the same as the 2916frame pointer register. On some machines, the hardware determines which 2917register this is. On other machines, you can choose any register you 2918wish for this purpose. If this is not the same register as the frame 2919pointer register, then you must mark it as a fixed register according to 2920@code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, or arrange to be able to eliminate it 2921(@pxref{Elimination}). 2922@end defmac 2923 2924@defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_FRAME_POINTER 2925Define this to a preprocessor constant that is nonzero if 2926@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} and @code{frame_pointer_rtx} should be 2927the same. The default definition is @samp{(HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM 2928== FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)}; you only need to define this macro if that 2929definition is not suitable for use in preprocessor conditionals. 2930@end defmac 2931 2932@defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_ARG_POINTER 2933Define this to a preprocessor constant that is nonzero if 2934@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} and @code{arg_pointer_rtx} should be the 2935same. The default definition is @samp{(HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM == 2936ARG_POINTER_REGNUM)}; you only need to define this macro if that 2937definition is not suitable for use in preprocessor conditionals. 2938@end defmac 2939 2940@defmac RETURN_ADDRESS_POINTER_REGNUM 2941The register number of the return address pointer register, which is used to 2942access the current function's return address from the stack. On some 2943machines, the return address is not at a fixed offset from the frame 2944pointer or stack pointer or argument pointer. This register can be defined 2945to point to the return address on the stack, and then be converted by 2946@code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} into either the frame pointer or stack pointer. 2947 2948Do not define this macro unless there is no other way to get the return 2949address from the stack. 2950@end defmac 2951 2952@defmac STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM 2953@defmacx STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM 2954Register numbers used for passing a function's static chain pointer. If 2955register windows are used, the register number as seen by the called 2956function is @code{STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM}, while the register 2957number as seen by the calling function is @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM}. If 2958these registers are the same, @code{STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM} need 2959not be defined. 2960 2961The static chain register need not be a fixed register. 2962 2963If the static chain is passed in memory, these macros should not be 2964defined; instead, the @code{TARGET_STATIC_CHAIN} hook should be used. 2965@end defmac 2966 2967@hook TARGET_STATIC_CHAIN 2968 2969@defmac DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS 2970This macro specifies the maximum number of hard registers that can be 2971saved in a call frame. This is used to size data structures used in 2972DWARF2 exception handling. 2973 2974Prior to GCC 3.0, this macro was needed in order to establish a stable 2975exception handling ABI in the face of adding new hard registers for ISA 2976extensions. In GCC 3.0 and later, the EH ABI is insulated from changes 2977in the number of hard registers. Nevertheless, this macro can still be 2978used to reduce the runtime memory requirements of the exception handling 2979routines, which can be substantial if the ISA contains a lot of 2980registers that are not call-saved. 2981 2982If this macro is not defined, it defaults to 2983@code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER}. 2984@end defmac 2985 2986@defmac PRE_GCC3_DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS 2987 2988This macro is similar to @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS}, but is provided 2989for backward compatibility in pre GCC 3.0 compiled code. 2990 2991If this macro is not defined, it defaults to 2992@code{DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS}. 2993@end defmac 2994 2995@defmac DWARF_REG_TO_UNWIND_COLUMN (@var{regno}) 2996 2997Define this macro if the target's representation for dwarf registers 2998is different than the internal representation for unwind column. 2999Given a dwarf register, this macro should return the internal unwind 3000column number to use instead. 3001@end defmac 3002 3003@defmac DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (@var{regno}) 3004 3005Define this macro if the target's representation for dwarf registers 3006used in .eh_frame or .debug_frame is different from that used in other 3007debug info sections. Given a GCC hard register number, this macro 3008should return the .eh_frame register number. The default is 3009@code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (@var{regno})}. 3010 3011@end defmac 3012 3013@defmac DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (@var{regno}, @var{for_eh}) 3014 3015Define this macro to map register numbers held in the call frame info 3016that GCC has collected using @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM} to those that 3017should be output in .debug_frame (@code{@var{for_eh}} is zero) and 3018.eh_frame (@code{@var{for_eh}} is nonzero). The default is to 3019return @code{@var{regno}}. 3020 3021@end defmac 3022 3023@defmac REG_VALUE_IN_UNWIND_CONTEXT 3024 3025Define this macro if the target stores register values as 3026@code{_Unwind_Word} type in unwind context. It should be defined if 3027target register size is larger than the size of @code{void *}. The 3028default is to store register values as @code{void *} type. 3029 3030@end defmac 3031 3032@defmac ASSUME_EXTENDED_UNWIND_CONTEXT 3033 3034Define this macro to be 1 if the target always uses extended unwind 3035context with version, args_size and by_value fields. If it is undefined, 3036it will be defined to 1 when @code{REG_VALUE_IN_UNWIND_CONTEXT} is 3037defined and 0 otherwise. 3038 3039@end defmac 3040 3041@defmac DWARF_LAZY_REGISTER_VALUE (@var{regno}, @var{value}) 3042Define this macro if the target has pseudo DWARF registers whose 3043values need to be computed lazily on demand by the unwinder (such as when 3044referenced in a CFA expression). The macro returns true if @var{regno} 3045is such a register and stores its value in @samp{*@var{value}} if so. 3046@end defmac 3047 3048@node Elimination 3049@subsection Eliminating Frame Pointer and Arg Pointer 3050 3051@c prevent bad page break with this line 3052This is about eliminating the frame pointer and arg pointer. 3053 3054@hook TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED 3055 3056@defmac ELIMINABLE_REGS 3057This macro specifies a table of register pairs used to eliminate 3058unneeded registers that point into the stack frame. 3059 3060The definition of this macro is a list of structure initializations, each 3061of which specifies an original and replacement register. 3062 3063On some machines, the position of the argument pointer is not known until 3064the compilation is completed. In such a case, a separate hard register 3065must be used for the argument pointer. This register can be eliminated by 3066replacing it with either the frame pointer or the argument pointer, 3067depending on whether or not the frame pointer has been eliminated. 3068 3069In this case, you might specify: 3070@smallexample 3071#define ELIMINABLE_REGS \ 3072@{@{ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM@}, \ 3073 @{ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM@}, \ 3074 @{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM@}@} 3075@end smallexample 3076 3077Note that the elimination of the argument pointer with the stack pointer is 3078specified first since that is the preferred elimination. 3079@end defmac 3080 3081@hook TARGET_CAN_ELIMINATE 3082 3083@defmac INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET (@var{from-reg}, @var{to-reg}, @var{offset-var}) 3084This macro returns the initial difference between the specified pair 3085of registers. The value would be computed from information 3086such as the result of @code{get_frame_size ()} and the tables of 3087registers @code{df_regs_ever_live_p} and @code{call_used_regs}. 3088@end defmac 3089 3090@hook TARGET_COMPUTE_FRAME_LAYOUT 3091 3092@node Stack Arguments 3093@subsection Passing Function Arguments on the Stack 3094@cindex arguments on stack 3095@cindex stack arguments 3096 3097The macros in this section control how arguments are passed 3098on the stack. See the following section for other macros that 3099control passing certain arguments in registers. 3100 3101@hook TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES 3102 3103@defmac PUSH_ARGS 3104A C expression. If nonzero, push insns will be used to pass 3105outgoing arguments. 3106If the target machine does not have a push instruction, set it to zero. 3107That directs GCC to use an alternate strategy: to 3108allocate the entire argument block and then store the arguments into 3109it. When @code{PUSH_ARGS} is nonzero, @code{PUSH_ROUNDING} must be defined too. 3110@end defmac 3111 3112@defmac PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED 3113A C expression. If nonzero, function arguments will be evaluated from 3114last to first, rather than from first to last. If this macro is not 3115defined, it defaults to @code{PUSH_ARGS} on targets where the stack 3116and args grow in opposite directions, and 0 otherwise. 3117@end defmac 3118 3119@defmac PUSH_ROUNDING (@var{npushed}) 3120A C expression that is the number of bytes actually pushed onto the 3121stack when an instruction attempts to push @var{npushed} bytes. 3122 3123On some machines, the definition 3124 3125@smallexample 3126#define PUSH_ROUNDING(BYTES) (BYTES) 3127@end smallexample 3128 3129@noindent 3130will suffice. But on other machines, instructions that appear 3131to push one byte actually push two bytes in an attempt to maintain 3132alignment. Then the definition should be 3133 3134@smallexample 3135#define PUSH_ROUNDING(BYTES) (((BYTES) + 1) & ~1) 3136@end smallexample 3137 3138If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type. 3139@end defmac 3140 3141@findex outgoing_args_size 3142@findex crtl->outgoing_args_size 3143@defmac ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS 3144A C expression. If nonzero, the maximum amount of space required for outgoing arguments 3145will be computed and placed into 3146@code{crtl->outgoing_args_size}. No space will be pushed 3147onto the stack for each call; instead, the function prologue should 3148increase the stack frame size by this amount. 3149 3150Setting both @code{PUSH_ARGS} and @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} 3151is not proper. 3152@end defmac 3153 3154@defmac REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fndecl}) 3155Define this macro if functions should assume that stack space has been 3156allocated for arguments even when their values are passed in 3157registers. 3158 3159The value of this macro is the size, in bytes, of the area reserved for 3160arguments passed in registers for the function represented by @var{fndecl}, 3161which can be zero if GCC is calling a library function. 3162The argument @var{fndecl} can be the FUNCTION_DECL, or the type itself 3163of the function. 3164 3165This space can be allocated by the caller, or be a part of the 3166machine-dependent stack frame: @code{OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} says 3167which. 3168@end defmac 3169@c above is overfull. not sure what to do. --mew 5feb93 did 3170@c something, not sure if it looks good. --mew 10feb93 3171 3172@defmac INCOMING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fndecl}) 3173Like @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, but for incoming register arguments. 3174Define this macro if space guaranteed when compiling a function body 3175is different to space required when making a call, a situation that 3176can arise with K&R style function definitions. 3177@end defmac 3178 3179@defmac OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fntype}) 3180Define this to a nonzero value if it is the responsibility of the 3181caller to allocate the area reserved for arguments passed in registers 3182when calling a function of @var{fntype}. @var{fntype} may be NULL 3183if the function called is a library function. 3184 3185If @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} is defined, this macro controls 3186whether the space for these arguments counts in the value of 3187@code{crtl->outgoing_args_size}. 3188@end defmac 3189 3190@defmac STACK_PARMS_IN_REG_PARM_AREA 3191Define this macro if @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is defined, but the 3192stack parameters don't skip the area specified by it. 3193@c i changed this, makes more sens and it should have taken care of the 3194@c overfull.. not as specific, tho. --mew 5feb93 3195 3196Normally, when a parameter is not passed in registers, it is placed on the 3197stack beyond the @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} area. Defining this macro 3198suppresses this behavior and causes the parameter to be passed on the 3199stack in its natural location. 3200@end defmac 3201 3202@hook TARGET_RETURN_POPS_ARGS 3203 3204@defmac CALL_POPS_ARGS (@var{cum}) 3205A C expression that should indicate the number of bytes a call sequence 3206pops off the stack. It is added to the value of @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} 3207when compiling a function call. 3208 3209@var{cum} is the variable in which all arguments to the called function 3210have been accumulated. 3211 3212On certain architectures, such as the SH5, a call trampoline is used 3213that pops certain registers off the stack, depending on the arguments 3214that have been passed to the function. Since this is a property of the 3215call site, not of the called function, @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} is not 3216appropriate. 3217@end defmac 3218 3219@node Register Arguments 3220@subsection Passing Arguments in Registers 3221@cindex arguments in registers 3222@cindex registers arguments 3223 3224This section describes the macros which let you control how various 3225types of arguments are passed in registers or how they are arranged in 3226the stack. 3227 3228@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG 3229 3230@hook TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK 3231 3232@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG 3233 3234@hook TARGET_USE_PSEUDO_PIC_REG 3235 3236@hook TARGET_INIT_PIC_REG 3237 3238@hook TARGET_ARG_PARTIAL_BYTES 3239 3240@hook TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE 3241 3242@hook TARGET_CALLEE_COPIES 3243 3244@defmac CUMULATIVE_ARGS 3245A C type for declaring a variable that is used as the first argument 3246of @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} and other related values. For some 3247target machines, the type @code{int} suffices and can hold the number 3248of bytes of argument so far. 3249 3250There is no need to record in @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} anything about the 3251arguments that have been passed on the stack. The compiler has other 3252variables to keep track of that. For target machines on which all 3253arguments are passed on the stack, there is no need to store anything in 3254@code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS}; however, the data structure must exist and 3255should not be empty, so use @code{int}. 3256@end defmac 3257 3258@defmac OVERRIDE_ABI_FORMAT (@var{fndecl}) 3259If defined, this macro is called before generating any code for a 3260function, but after the @var{cfun} descriptor for the function has been 3261created. The back end may use this macro to update @var{cfun} to 3262reflect an ABI other than that which would normally be used by default. 3263If the compiler is generating code for a compiler-generated function, 3264@var{fndecl} may be @code{NULL}. 3265@end defmac 3266 3267@defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{fntype}, @var{libname}, @var{fndecl}, @var{n_named_args}) 3268A C statement (sans semicolon) for initializing the variable 3269@var{cum} for the state at the beginning of the argument list. The 3270variable has type @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS}. The value of @var{fntype} 3271is the tree node for the data type of the function which will receive 3272the args, or 0 if the args are to a compiler support library function. 3273For direct calls that are not libcalls, @var{fndecl} contain the 3274declaration node of the function. @var{fndecl} is also set when 3275@code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} is used to find arguments for the function 3276being compiled. @var{n_named_args} is set to the number of named 3277arguments, including a structure return address if it is passed as a 3278parameter, when making a call. When processing incoming arguments, 3279@var{n_named_args} is set to @minus{}1. 3280 3281When processing a call to a compiler support library function, 3282@var{libname} identifies which one. It is a @code{symbol_ref} rtx which 3283contains the name of the function, as a string. @var{libname} is 0 when 3284an ordinary C function call is being processed. Thus, each time this 3285macro is called, either @var{libname} or @var{fntype} is nonzero, but 3286never both of them at once. 3287@end defmac 3288 3289@defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_LIBCALL_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{mode}, @var{libname}) 3290Like @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} but only used for outgoing libcalls, 3291it gets a @code{MODE} argument instead of @var{fntype}, that would be 3292@code{NULL}. @var{indirect} would always be zero, too. If this macro 3293is not defined, @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (cum, NULL_RTX, libname, 32940)} is used instead. 3295@end defmac 3296 3297@defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_INCOMING_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{fntype}, @var{libname}) 3298Like @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} but overrides it for the purposes of 3299finding the arguments for the function being compiled. If this macro is 3300undefined, @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} is used instead. 3301 3302The value passed for @var{libname} is always 0, since library routines 3303with special calling conventions are never compiled with GCC@. The 3304argument @var{libname} exists for symmetry with 3305@code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS}. 3306@c could use "this macro" in place of @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS}, maybe. 3307@c --mew 5feb93 i switched the order of the sentences. --mew 10feb93 3308@end defmac 3309 3310@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE 3311 3312@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_OFFSET 3313 3314@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING 3315 3316@defmac PAD_VARARGS_DOWN 3317If defined, a C expression which determines whether the default 3318implementation of va_arg will attempt to pad down before reading the 3319next argument, if that argument is smaller than its aligned space as 3320controlled by @code{PARM_BOUNDARY}. If this macro is not defined, all such 3321arguments are padded down if @code{BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN} is true. 3322@end defmac 3323 3324@defmac BLOCK_REG_PADDING (@var{mode}, @var{type}, @var{first}) 3325Specify padding for the last element of a block move between registers and 3326memory. @var{first} is nonzero if this is the only element. Defining this 3327macro allows better control of register function parameters on big-endian 3328machines, without using @code{PARALLEL} rtl. In particular, 3329@code{MUST_PASS_IN_STACK} need not test padding and mode of types in 3330registers, as there is no longer a "wrong" part of a register; For example, 3331a three byte aggregate may be passed in the high part of a register if so 3332required. 3333@end defmac 3334 3335@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY 3336 3337@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY 3338 3339@defmac FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P (@var{regno}) 3340A C expression that is nonzero if @var{regno} is the number of a hard 3341register in which function arguments are sometimes passed. This does 3342@emph{not} include implicit arguments such as the static chain and 3343the structure-value address. On many machines, no registers can be 3344used for this purpose since all function arguments are pushed on the 3345stack. 3346@end defmac 3347 3348@hook TARGET_SPLIT_COMPLEX_ARG 3349 3350@hook TARGET_BUILD_BUILTIN_VA_LIST 3351 3352@hook TARGET_ENUM_VA_LIST_P 3353 3354@hook TARGET_FN_ABI_VA_LIST 3355 3356@hook TARGET_CANONICAL_VA_LIST_TYPE 3357 3358@hook TARGET_GIMPLIFY_VA_ARG_EXPR 3359 3360@hook TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE 3361 3362@hook TARGET_REF_MAY_ALIAS_ERRNO 3363 3364@hook TARGET_TRANSLATE_MODE_ATTRIBUTE 3365 3366@hook TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P 3367 3368@hook TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P 3369 3370@hook TARGET_COMPATIBLE_VECTOR_TYPES_P 3371 3372@hook TARGET_ARRAY_MODE 3373 3374@hook TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P 3375 3376@hook TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P 3377 3378@hook TARGET_FLOATN_MODE 3379 3380@hook TARGET_FLOATN_BUILTIN_P 3381 3382@hook TARGET_SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES_FOR_MODE_P 3383 3384@node Scalar Return 3385@subsection How Scalar Function Values Are Returned 3386@cindex return values in registers 3387@cindex values, returned by functions 3388@cindex scalars, returned as values 3389 3390This section discusses the macros that control returning scalars as 3391values---values that can fit in registers. 3392 3393@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE 3394 3395@defmac FUNCTION_VALUE (@var{valtype}, @var{func}) 3396This macro has been deprecated. Use @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} for 3397a new target instead. 3398@end defmac 3399 3400@defmac LIBCALL_VALUE (@var{mode}) 3401A C expression to create an RTX representing the place where a library 3402function returns a value of mode @var{mode}. 3403 3404Note that ``library function'' in this context means a compiler 3405support routine, used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known 3406specially by the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being 3407compiled. 3408@end defmac 3409 3410@hook TARGET_LIBCALL_VALUE 3411 3412@defmac FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P (@var{regno}) 3413A C expression that is nonzero if @var{regno} is the number of a hard 3414register in which the values of called function may come back. 3415 3416A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the 3417second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be 3418recognized by this macro. So for most machines, this definition 3419suffices: 3420 3421@smallexample 3422#define FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P(N) ((N) == 0) 3423@end smallexample 3424 3425If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called 3426function use different registers for the return value, this macro 3427should recognize only the caller's register numbers. 3428 3429This macro has been deprecated. Use @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P} 3430for a new target instead. 3431@end defmac 3432 3433@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P 3434 3435@defmac APPLY_RESULT_SIZE 3436Define this macro if @samp{untyped_call} and @samp{untyped_return} 3437need more space than is implied by @code{FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P} for 3438saving and restoring an arbitrary return value. 3439@end defmac 3440 3441@hook TARGET_OMIT_STRUCT_RETURN_REG 3442 3443@hook TARGET_RETURN_IN_MSB 3444 3445@node Aggregate Return 3446@subsection How Large Values Are Returned 3447@cindex aggregates as return values 3448@cindex large return values 3449@cindex returning aggregate values 3450@cindex structure value address 3451 3452When a function value's mode is @code{BLKmode} (and in some other 3453cases), the value is not returned according to 3454@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} (@pxref{Scalar Return}). Instead, the 3455caller passes the address of a block of memory in which the value 3456should be stored. This address is called the @dfn{structure value 3457address}. 3458 3459This section describes how to control returning structure values in 3460memory. 3461 3462@hook TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY 3463 3464@defmac DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN 3465Define this macro to be 1 if all structure and union return values must be 3466in memory. Since this results in slower code, this should be defined 3467only if needed for compatibility with other compilers or with an ABI@. 3468If you define this macro to be 0, then the conventions used for structure 3469and union return values are decided by the @code{TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY} 3470target hook. 3471 3472If not defined, this defaults to the value 1. 3473@end defmac 3474 3475@hook TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX 3476 3477@defmac PCC_STATIC_STRUCT_RETURN 3478Define this macro if the usual system convention on the target machine 3479for returning structures and unions is for the called function to return 3480the address of a static variable containing the value. 3481 3482Do not define this if the usual system convention is for the caller to 3483pass an address to the subroutine. 3484 3485This macro has effect in @option{-fpcc-struct-return} mode, but it does 3486nothing when you use @option{-freg-struct-return} mode. 3487@end defmac 3488 3489@hook TARGET_GET_RAW_RESULT_MODE 3490 3491@hook TARGET_GET_RAW_ARG_MODE 3492 3493@hook TARGET_EMPTY_RECORD_P 3494 3495@hook TARGET_WARN_PARAMETER_PASSING_ABI 3496 3497@node Caller Saves 3498@subsection Caller-Saves Register Allocation 3499 3500If you enable it, GCC can save registers around function calls. This 3501makes it possible to use call-clobbered registers to hold variables that 3502must live across calls. 3503 3504@defmac HARD_REGNO_CALLER_SAVE_MODE (@var{regno}, @var{nregs}) 3505A C expression specifying which mode is required for saving @var{nregs} 3506of a pseudo-register in call-clobbered hard register @var{regno}. If 3507@var{regno} is unsuitable for caller save, @code{VOIDmode} should be 3508returned. For most machines this macro need not be defined since GCC 3509will select the smallest suitable mode. 3510@end defmac 3511 3512@node Function Entry 3513@subsection Function Entry and Exit 3514@cindex function entry and exit 3515@cindex prologue 3516@cindex epilogue 3517 3518This section describes the macros that output function entry 3519(@dfn{prologue}) and exit (@dfn{epilogue}) code. 3520 3521@hook TARGET_ASM_PRINT_PATCHABLE_FUNCTION_ENTRY 3522 3523@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE 3524 3525@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_END_PROLOGUE 3526 3527@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_BEGIN_EPILOGUE 3528 3529@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE 3530 3531@itemize @bullet 3532@item 3533@findex pretend_args_size 3534@findex crtl->args.pretend_args_size 3535A region of @code{crtl->args.pretend_args_size} bytes of 3536uninitialized space just underneath the first argument arriving on the 3537stack. (This may not be at the very start of the allocated stack region 3538if the calling sequence has pushed anything else since pushing the stack 3539arguments. But usually, on such machines, nothing else has been pushed 3540yet, because the function prologue itself does all the pushing.) This 3541region is used on machines where an argument may be passed partly in 3542registers and partly in memory, and, in some cases to support the 3543features in @code{<stdarg.h>}. 3544 3545@item 3546An area of memory used to save certain registers used by the function. 3547The size of this area, which may also include space for such things as 3548the return address and pointers to previous stack frames, is 3549machine-specific and usually depends on which registers have been used 3550in the function. Machines with register windows often do not require 3551a save area. 3552 3553@item 3554A region of at least @var{size} bytes, possibly rounded up to an allocation 3555boundary, to contain the local variables of the function. On some machines, 3556this region and the save area may occur in the opposite order, with the 3557save area closer to the top of the stack. 3558 3559@item 3560@cindex @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} and stack frames 3561Optionally, when @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} is defined, a region of 3562@code{crtl->outgoing_args_size} bytes to be used for outgoing 3563argument lists of the function. @xref{Stack Arguments}. 3564@end itemize 3565 3566@defmac EXIT_IGNORE_STACK 3567Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if the return 3568instruction or the function epilogue ignores the value of the stack 3569pointer; in other words, if it is safe to delete an instruction to 3570adjust the stack pointer before a return from the function. The 3571default is 0. 3572 3573Note that this macro's value is relevant only for functions for which 3574frame pointers are maintained. It is never safe to delete a final 3575stack adjustment in a function that has no frame pointer, and the 3576compiler knows this regardless of @code{EXIT_IGNORE_STACK}. 3577@end defmac 3578 3579@defmac EPILOGUE_USES (@var{regno}) 3580Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero for registers that are 3581used by the epilogue or the @samp{return} pattern. The stack and frame 3582pointer registers are already assumed to be used as needed. 3583@end defmac 3584 3585@defmac EH_USES (@var{regno}) 3586Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero for registers that are 3587used by the exception handling mechanism, and so should be considered live 3588on entry to an exception edge. 3589@end defmac 3590 3591@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK 3592 3593@hook TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK 3594 3595@node Profiling 3596@subsection Generating Code for Profiling 3597@cindex profiling, code generation 3598 3599These macros will help you generate code for profiling. 3600 3601@defmac FUNCTION_PROFILER (@var{file}, @var{labelno}) 3602A C statement or compound statement to output to @var{file} some 3603assembler code to call the profiling subroutine @code{mcount}. 3604 3605@findex mcount 3606The details of how @code{mcount} expects to be called are determined by 3607your operating system environment, not by GCC@. To figure them out, 3608compile a small program for profiling using the system's installed C 3609compiler and look at the assembler code that results. 3610 3611Older implementations of @code{mcount} expect the address of a counter 3612variable to be loaded into some register. The name of this variable is 3613@samp{LP} followed by the number @var{labelno}, so you would generate 3614the name using @samp{LP%d} in a @code{fprintf}. 3615@end defmac 3616 3617@defmac PROFILE_HOOK 3618A C statement or compound statement to output to @var{file} some assembly 3619code to call the profiling subroutine @code{mcount} even the target does 3620not support profiling. 3621@end defmac 3622 3623@defmac NO_PROFILE_COUNTERS 3624Define this macro to be an expression with a nonzero value if the 3625@code{mcount} subroutine on your system does not need a counter variable 3626allocated for each function. This is true for almost all modern 3627implementations. If you define this macro, you must not use the 3628@var{labelno} argument to @code{FUNCTION_PROFILER}. 3629@end defmac 3630 3631@defmac PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE 3632Define this macro if the code for function profiling should come before 3633the function prologue. Normally, the profiling code comes after. 3634@end defmac 3635 3636@hook TARGET_KEEP_LEAF_WHEN_PROFILED 3637 3638@node Tail Calls 3639@subsection Permitting tail calls 3640@cindex tail calls 3641 3642@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL 3643 3644@hook TARGET_EXTRA_LIVE_ON_ENTRY 3645 3646@hook TARGET_SET_UP_BY_PROLOGUE 3647 3648@hook TARGET_WARN_FUNC_RETURN 3649 3650@node Shrink-wrapping separate components 3651@subsection Shrink-wrapping separate components 3652@cindex shrink-wrapping separate components 3653 3654The prologue may perform a variety of target dependent tasks such as 3655saving callee-saved registers, saving the return address, aligning the 3656stack, creating a stack frame, initializing the PIC register, setting 3657up the static chain, etc. 3658 3659On some targets some of these tasks may be independent of others and 3660thus may be shrink-wrapped separately. These independent tasks are 3661referred to as components and are handled generically by the target 3662independent parts of GCC. 3663 3664Using the following hooks those prologue or epilogue components can be 3665shrink-wrapped separately, so that the initialization (and possibly 3666teardown) those components do is not done as frequently on execution 3667paths where this would unnecessary. 3668 3669What exactly those components are is up to the target code; the generic 3670code treats them abstractly, as a bit in an @code{sbitmap}. These 3671@code{sbitmap}s are allocated by the @code{shrink_wrap.get_separate_components} 3672and @code{shrink_wrap.components_for_bb} hooks, and deallocated by the 3673generic code. 3674 3675@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_GET_SEPARATE_COMPONENTS 3676 3677@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_COMPONENTS_FOR_BB 3678 3679@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_DISQUALIFY_COMPONENTS 3680 3681@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_EMIT_PROLOGUE_COMPONENTS 3682 3683@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_EMIT_EPILOGUE_COMPONENTS 3684 3685@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_SET_HANDLED_COMPONENTS 3686 3687@node Stack Smashing Protection 3688@subsection Stack smashing protection 3689@cindex stack smashing protection 3690 3691@hook TARGET_STACK_PROTECT_GUARD 3692 3693@hook TARGET_STACK_PROTECT_FAIL 3694 3695@hook TARGET_STACK_PROTECT_RUNTIME_ENABLED_P 3696 3697@hook TARGET_SUPPORTS_SPLIT_STACK 3698 3699@hook TARGET_GET_VALID_OPTION_VALUES 3700 3701@node Miscellaneous Register Hooks 3702@subsection Miscellaneous register hooks 3703@cindex miscellaneous register hooks 3704 3705@hook TARGET_CALL_FUSAGE_CONTAINS_NON_CALLEE_CLOBBERS 3706 3707@node Varargs 3708@section Implementing the Varargs Macros 3709@cindex varargs implementation 3710 3711GCC comes with an implementation of @code{<varargs.h>} and 3712@code{<stdarg.h>} that work without change on machines that pass arguments 3713on the stack. Other machines require their own implementations of 3714varargs, and the two machine independent header files must have 3715conditionals to include it. 3716 3717ISO @code{<stdarg.h>} differs from traditional @code{<varargs.h>} mainly in 3718the calling convention for @code{va_start}. The traditional 3719implementation takes just one argument, which is the variable in which 3720to store the argument pointer. The ISO implementation of 3721@code{va_start} takes an additional second argument. The user is 3722supposed to write the last named argument of the function here. 3723 3724However, @code{va_start} should not use this argument. The way to find 3725the end of the named arguments is with the built-in functions described 3726below. 3727 3728@defmac __builtin_saveregs () 3729Use this built-in function to save the argument registers in memory so 3730that the varargs mechanism can access them. Both ISO and traditional 3731versions of @code{va_start} must use @code{__builtin_saveregs}, unless 3732you use @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} (see below) instead. 3733 3734On some machines, @code{__builtin_saveregs} is open-coded under the 3735control of the target hook @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. On 3736other machines, it calls a routine written in assembler language, 3737found in @file{libgcc2.c}. 3738 3739Code generated for the call to @code{__builtin_saveregs} appears at the 3740beginning of the function, as opposed to where the call to 3741@code{__builtin_saveregs} is written, regardless of what the code is. 3742This is because the registers must be saved before the function starts 3743to use them for its own purposes. 3744@c i rewrote the first sentence above to fix an overfull hbox. --mew 3745@c 10feb93 3746@end defmac 3747 3748@defmac __builtin_next_arg (@var{lastarg}) 3749This builtin returns the address of the first anonymous stack 3750argument, as type @code{void *}. If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, it 3751returns the address of the location above the first anonymous stack 3752argument. Use it in @code{va_start} to initialize the pointer for 3753fetching arguments from the stack. Also use it in @code{va_start} to 3754verify that the second parameter @var{lastarg} is the last named argument 3755of the current function. 3756@end defmac 3757 3758@defmac __builtin_classify_type (@var{object}) 3759Since each machine has its own conventions for which data types are 3760passed in which kind of register, your implementation of @code{va_arg} 3761has to embody these conventions. The easiest way to categorize the 3762specified data type is to use @code{__builtin_classify_type} together 3763with @code{sizeof} and @code{__alignof__}. 3764 3765@code{__builtin_classify_type} ignores the value of @var{object}, 3766considering only its data type. It returns an integer describing what 3767kind of type that is---integer, floating, pointer, structure, and so on. 3768 3769The file @file{typeclass.h} defines an enumeration that you can use to 3770interpret the values of @code{__builtin_classify_type}. 3771@end defmac 3772 3773These machine description macros help implement varargs: 3774 3775@hook TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS 3776 3777@hook TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS 3778 3779@hook TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING 3780 3781@hook TARGET_CALL_ARGS 3782 3783@hook TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS 3784 3785@hook TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED 3786 3787@hook TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG 3788 3789@hook TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG 3790 3791@hook TARGET_LOAD_RETURNED_BOUNDS 3792 3793@hook TARGET_STORE_RETURNED_BOUNDS 3794 3795@node Trampolines 3796@section Support for Nested Functions 3797@cindex support for nested functions 3798@cindex trampolines for nested functions 3799@cindex descriptors for nested functions 3800@cindex nested functions, support for 3801 3802Taking the address of a nested function requires special compiler 3803handling to ensure that the static chain register is loaded when 3804the function is invoked via an indirect call. 3805 3806GCC has traditionally supported nested functions by creating an 3807executable @dfn{trampoline} at run time when the address of a nested 3808function is taken. This is a small piece of code which normally 3809resides on the stack, in the stack frame of the containing function. 3810The trampoline loads the static chain register and then jumps to the 3811real address of the nested function. 3812 3813The use of trampolines requires an executable stack, which is a 3814security risk. To avoid this problem, GCC also supports another 3815strategy: using descriptors for nested functions. Under this model, 3816taking the address of a nested function results in a pointer to a 3817non-executable function descriptor object. Initializing the static chain 3818from the descriptor is handled at indirect call sites. 3819 3820On some targets, including HPPA and IA-64, function descriptors may be 3821mandated by the ABI or be otherwise handled in a target-specific way 3822by the back end in its code generation strategy for indirect calls. 3823GCC also provides its own generic descriptor implementation to support the 3824@option{-fno-trampolines} option. In this case runtime detection of 3825function descriptors at indirect call sites relies on descriptor 3826pointers being tagged with a bit that is never set in bare function 3827addresses. Since GCC's generic function descriptors are 3828not ABI-compliant, this option is typically used only on a 3829per-language basis (notably by Ada) or when it can otherwise be 3830applied to the whole program. 3831 3832Define the following hook if your backend either implements ABI-specified 3833descriptor support, or can use GCC's generic descriptor implementation 3834for nested functions. 3835 3836@hook TARGET_CUSTOM_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTORS 3837 3838The following macros tell GCC how to generate code to allocate and 3839initialize an executable trampoline. You can also use this interface 3840if your back end needs to create ABI-specified non-executable descriptors; in 3841this case the "trampoline" created is the descriptor containing data only. 3842 3843The instructions in an executable trampoline must do two things: load 3844a constant address into the static chain register, and jump to the real 3845address of the nested function. On CISC machines such as the m68k, 3846this requires two instructions, a move immediate and a jump. Then the 3847two addresses exist in the trampoline as word-long immediate operands. 3848On RISC machines, it is often necessary to load each address into a 3849register in two parts. Then pieces of each address form separate 3850immediate operands. 3851 3852The code generated to initialize the trampoline must store the variable 3853parts---the static chain value and the function address---into the 3854immediate operands of the instructions. On a CISC machine, this is 3855simply a matter of copying each address to a memory reference at the 3856proper offset from the start of the trampoline. On a RISC machine, it 3857may be necessary to take out pieces of the address and store them 3858separately. 3859 3860@hook TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE 3861 3862@defmac TRAMPOLINE_SECTION 3863Return the section into which the trampoline template is to be placed 3864(@pxref{Sections}). The default value is @code{readonly_data_section}. 3865@end defmac 3866 3867@defmac TRAMPOLINE_SIZE 3868A C expression for the size in bytes of the trampoline, as an integer. 3869@end defmac 3870 3871@defmac TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT 3872Alignment required for trampolines, in bits. 3873 3874If you don't define this macro, the value of @code{FUNCTION_ALIGNMENT} 3875is used for aligning trampolines. 3876@end defmac 3877 3878@hook TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT 3879 3880@hook TARGET_EMIT_CALL_BUILTIN___CLEAR_CACHE 3881 3882@hook TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_ADJUST_ADDRESS 3883 3884Implementing trampolines is difficult on many machines because they have 3885separate instruction and data caches. Writing into a stack location 3886fails to clear the memory in the instruction cache, so when the program 3887jumps to that location, it executes the old contents. 3888 3889Here are two possible solutions. One is to clear the relevant parts of 3890the instruction cache whenever a trampoline is set up. The other is to 3891make all trampolines identical, by having them jump to a standard 3892subroutine. The former technique makes trampoline execution faster; the 3893latter makes initialization faster. 3894 3895To clear the instruction cache when a trampoline is initialized, define 3896the following macro. 3897 3898@defmac CLEAR_INSN_CACHE (@var{beg}, @var{end}) 3899If defined, expands to a C expression clearing the @emph{instruction 3900cache} in the specified interval. The definition of this macro would 3901typically be a series of @code{asm} statements. Both @var{beg} and 3902@var{end} are pointer expressions. 3903@end defmac 3904 3905To use a standard subroutine, define the following macro. In addition, 3906you must make sure that the instructions in a trampoline fill an entire 3907cache line with identical instructions, or else ensure that the 3908beginning of the trampoline code is always aligned at the same point in 3909its cache line. Look in @file{m68k.h} as a guide. 3910 3911@defmac TRANSFER_FROM_TRAMPOLINE 3912Define this macro if trampolines need a special subroutine to do their 3913work. The macro should expand to a series of @code{asm} statements 3914which will be compiled with GCC@. They go in a library function named 3915@code{__transfer_from_trampoline}. 3916 3917If you need to avoid executing the ordinary prologue code of a compiled 3918C function when you jump to the subroutine, you can do so by placing a 3919special label of your own in the assembler code. Use one @code{asm} 3920statement to generate an assembler label, and another to make the label 3921global. Then trampolines can use that label to jump directly to your 3922special assembler code. 3923@end defmac 3924 3925@node Library Calls 3926@section Implicit Calls to Library Routines 3927@cindex library subroutine names 3928@cindex @file{libgcc.a} 3929 3930@c prevent bad page break with this line 3931Here is an explanation of implicit calls to library routines. 3932 3933@defmac DECLARE_LIBRARY_RENAMES 3934This macro, if defined, should expand to a piece of C code that will get 3935expanded when compiling functions for libgcc.a. It can be used to 3936provide alternate names for GCC's internal library functions if there 3937are ABI-mandated names that the compiler should provide. 3938@end defmac 3939 3940@findex set_optab_libfunc 3941@findex init_one_libfunc 3942@hook TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS 3943 3944@hook TARGET_LIBFUNC_GNU_PREFIX 3945 3946@defmac FLOAT_LIB_COMPARE_RETURNS_BOOL (@var{mode}, @var{comparison}) 3947This macro should return @code{true} if the library routine that 3948implements the floating point comparison operator @var{comparison} in 3949mode @var{mode} will return a boolean, and @var{false} if it will 3950return a tristate. 3951 3952GCC's own floating point libraries return tristates from the 3953comparison operators, so the default returns false always. Most ports 3954don't need to define this macro. 3955@end defmac 3956 3957@defmac TARGET_LIB_INT_CMP_BIASED 3958This macro should evaluate to @code{true} if the integer comparison 3959functions (like @code{__cmpdi2}) return 0 to indicate that the first 3960operand is smaller than the second, 1 to indicate that they are equal, 3961and 2 to indicate that the first operand is greater than the second. 3962If this macro evaluates to @code{false} the comparison functions return 3963@minus{}1, 0, and 1 instead of 0, 1, and 2. If the target uses the routines 3964in @file{libgcc.a}, you do not need to define this macro. 3965@end defmac 3966 3967@defmac TARGET_HAS_NO_HW_DIVIDE 3968This macro should be defined if the target has no hardware divide 3969instructions. If this macro is defined, GCC will use an algorithm which 3970make use of simple logical and arithmetic operations for 64-bit 3971division. If the macro is not defined, GCC will use an algorithm which 3972make use of a 64-bit by 32-bit divide primitive. 3973@end defmac 3974 3975@cindex @code{EDOM}, implicit usage 3976@findex matherr 3977@defmac TARGET_EDOM 3978The value of @code{EDOM} on the target machine, as a C integer constant 3979expression. If you don't define this macro, GCC does not attempt to 3980deposit the value of @code{EDOM} into @code{errno} directly. Look in 3981@file{/usr/include/errno.h} to find the value of @code{EDOM} on your 3982system. 3983 3984If you do not define @code{TARGET_EDOM}, then compiled code reports 3985domain errors by calling the library function and letting it report the 3986error. If mathematical functions on your system use @code{matherr} when 3987there is an error, then you should leave @code{TARGET_EDOM} undefined so 3988that @code{matherr} is used normally. 3989@end defmac 3990 3991@cindex @code{errno}, implicit usage 3992@defmac GEN_ERRNO_RTX 3993Define this macro as a C expression to create an rtl expression that 3994refers to the global ``variable'' @code{errno}. (On certain systems, 3995@code{errno} may not actually be a variable.) If you don't define this 3996macro, a reasonable default is used. 3997@end defmac 3998 3999@hook TARGET_LIBC_HAS_FUNCTION 4000 4001@hook TARGET_LIBC_HAS_FAST_FUNCTION 4002 4003@defmac NEXT_OBJC_RUNTIME 4004Set this macro to 1 to use the "NeXT" Objective-C message sending conventions 4005by default. This calling convention involves passing the object, the selector 4006and the method arguments all at once to the method-lookup library function. 4007This is the usual setting when targeting Darwin/Mac OS X systems, which have 4008the NeXT runtime installed. 4009 4010If the macro is set to 0, the "GNU" Objective-C message sending convention 4011will be used by default. This convention passes just the object and the 4012selector to the method-lookup function, which returns a pointer to the method. 4013 4014In either case, it remains possible to select code-generation for the alternate 4015scheme, by means of compiler command line switches. 4016@end defmac 4017 4018@node Addressing Modes 4019@section Addressing Modes 4020@cindex addressing modes 4021 4022@c prevent bad page break with this line 4023This is about addressing modes. 4024 4025@defmac HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT 4026@defmacx HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT 4027@defmacx HAVE_POST_INCREMENT 4028@defmacx HAVE_POST_DECREMENT 4029A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre-increment, 4030pre-decrement, post-increment, or post-decrement addressing respectively. 4031@end defmac 4032 4033@defmac HAVE_PRE_MODIFY_DISP 4034@defmacx HAVE_POST_MODIFY_DISP 4035A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre- or 4036post-address side-effect generation involving constants other than 4037the size of the memory operand. 4038@end defmac 4039 4040@defmac HAVE_PRE_MODIFY_REG 4041@defmacx HAVE_POST_MODIFY_REG 4042A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre- or 4043post-address side-effect generation involving a register displacement. 4044@end defmac 4045 4046@defmac CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (@var{x}) 4047A C expression that is 1 if the RTX @var{x} is a constant which 4048is a valid address. On most machines the default definition of 4049@code{(CONSTANT_P (@var{x}) && GET_CODE (@var{x}) != CONST_DOUBLE)} 4050is acceptable, but a few machines are more restrictive as to which 4051constant addresses are supported. 4052@end defmac 4053 4054@defmac CONSTANT_P (@var{x}) 4055@code{CONSTANT_P}, which is defined by target-independent code, 4056accepts integer-values expressions whose values are not explicitly 4057known, such as @code{symbol_ref}, @code{label_ref}, and @code{high} 4058expressions and @code{const} arithmetic expressions, in addition to 4059@code{const_int} and @code{const_double} expressions. 4060@end defmac 4061 4062@defmac MAX_REGS_PER_ADDRESS 4063A number, the maximum number of registers that can appear in a valid 4064memory address. Note that it is up to you to specify a value equal to 4065the maximum number that @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} would ever 4066accept. 4067@end defmac 4068 4069@hook TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P 4070 4071@defmac TARGET_MEM_CONSTRAINT 4072A single character to be used instead of the default @code{'m'} 4073character for general memory addresses. This defines the constraint 4074letter which matches the memory addresses accepted by 4075@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P}. Define this macro if you want to 4076support new address formats in your back end without changing the 4077semantics of the @code{'m'} constraint. This is necessary in order to 4078preserve functionality of inline assembly constructs using the 4079@code{'m'} constraint. 4080@end defmac 4081 4082@defmac FIND_BASE_TERM (@var{x}) 4083A C expression to determine the base term of address @var{x}, 4084or to provide a simplified version of @var{x} from which @file{alias.c} 4085can easily find the base term. This macro is used in only two places: 4086@code{find_base_value} and @code{find_base_term} in @file{alias.c}. 4087 4088It is always safe for this macro to not be defined. It exists so 4089that alias analysis can understand machine-dependent addresses. 4090 4091The typical use of this macro is to handle addresses containing 4092a label_ref or symbol_ref within an UNSPEC@. 4093@end defmac 4094 4095@hook TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS 4096 4097@defmac LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS (@var{x}, @var{mode}, @var{opnum}, @var{type}, @var{ind_levels}, @var{win}) 4098A C compound statement that attempts to replace @var{x}, which is an address 4099that needs reloading, with a valid memory address for an operand of mode 4100@var{mode}. @var{win} will be a C statement label elsewhere in the code. 4101It is not necessary to define this macro, but it might be useful for 4102performance reasons. 4103 4104For example, on the i386, it is sometimes possible to use a single 4105reload register instead of two by reloading a sum of two pseudo 4106registers into a register. On the other hand, for number of RISC 4107processors offsets are limited so that often an intermediate address 4108needs to be generated in order to address a stack slot. By defining 4109@code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} appropriately, the intermediate addresses 4110generated for adjacent some stack slots can be made identical, and thus 4111be shared. 4112 4113@emph{Note}: This macro should be used with caution. It is necessary 4114to know something of how reload works in order to effectively use this, 4115and it is quite easy to produce macros that build in too much knowledge 4116of reload internals. 4117 4118@emph{Note}: This macro must be able to reload an address created by a 4119previous invocation of this macro. If it fails to handle such addresses 4120then the compiler may generate incorrect code or abort. 4121 4122@findex push_reload 4123The macro definition should use @code{push_reload} to indicate parts that 4124need reloading; @var{opnum}, @var{type} and @var{ind_levels} are usually 4125suitable to be passed unaltered to @code{push_reload}. 4126 4127The code generated by this macro must not alter the substructure of 4128@var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it 4129should assign @var{x} (which will always be a C variable) a new value. 4130This also applies to parts that you change indirectly by calling 4131@code{push_reload}. 4132 4133@findex strict_memory_address_p 4134The macro definition may use @code{strict_memory_address_p} to test if 4135the address has become legitimate. 4136 4137@findex copy_rtx 4138If you want to change only a part of @var{x}, one standard way of doing 4139this is to use @code{copy_rtx}. Note, however, that it unshares only a 4140single level of rtl. Thus, if the part to be changed is not at the 4141top level, you'll need to replace first the top level. 4142It is not necessary for this macro to come up with a legitimate 4143address; but often a machine-dependent strategy can generate better code. 4144@end defmac 4145 4146@hook TARGET_MODE_DEPENDENT_ADDRESS_P 4147 4148@hook TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P 4149 4150@hook TARGET_PRECOMPUTE_TLS_P 4151 4152@hook TARGET_DELEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS 4153 4154@hook TARGET_CONST_NOT_OK_FOR_DEBUG_P 4155 4156@hook TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM 4157 4158@hook TARGET_USE_BLOCKS_FOR_CONSTANT_P 4159 4160@hook TARGET_USE_BLOCKS_FOR_DECL_P 4161 4162@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_RECIPROCAL 4163 4164@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_MASK_FOR_LOAD 4165 4166@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_VECTORIZATION_COST 4167 4168@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT 4169 4170@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT_REACHABLE 4171 4172@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_VEC_PERM_CONST 4173 4174@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_VECTORIZED_FUNCTION 4175 4176@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_MD_VECTORIZED_FUNCTION 4177 4178@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_SUPPORT_VECTOR_MISALIGNMENT 4179 4180@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE 4181 4182@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_SPLIT_REDUCTION 4183 4184@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_AUTOVECTORIZE_VECTOR_MODES 4185 4186@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_RELATED_MODE 4187 4188@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_GET_MASK_MODE 4189 4190@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_EMPTY_MASK_IS_EXPENSIVE 4191 4192@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST 4193 4194@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_ADD_STMT_COST 4195 4196@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_FINISH_COST 4197 4198@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_DESTROY_COST_DATA 4199 4200@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_GATHER 4201 4202@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_SCATTER 4203 4204@hook TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_COMPUTE_VECSIZE_AND_SIMDLEN 4205 4206@hook TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_ADJUST 4207 4208@hook TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_USABLE 4209 4210@hook TARGET_SIMT_VF 4211 4212@hook TARGET_OMP_DEVICE_KIND_ARCH_ISA 4213 4214@hook TARGET_GOACC_VALIDATE_DIMS 4215 4216@hook TARGET_GOACC_DIM_LIMIT 4217 4218@hook TARGET_GOACC_FORK_JOIN 4219 4220@hook TARGET_GOACC_REDUCTION 4221 4222@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_ELSE_VALUE 4223 4224@node Anchored Addresses 4225@section Anchored Addresses 4226@cindex anchored addresses 4227@cindex @option{-fsection-anchors} 4228 4229GCC usually addresses every static object as a separate entity. 4230For example, if we have: 4231 4232@smallexample 4233static int a, b, c; 4234int foo (void) @{ return a + b + c; @} 4235@end smallexample 4236 4237the code for @code{foo} will usually calculate three separate symbolic 4238addresses: those of @code{a}, @code{b} and @code{c}. On some targets, 4239it would be better to calculate just one symbolic address and access 4240the three variables relative to it. The equivalent pseudocode would 4241be something like: 4242 4243@smallexample 4244int foo (void) 4245@{ 4246 register int *xr = &x; 4247 return xr[&a - &x] + xr[&b - &x] + xr[&c - &x]; 4248@} 4249@end smallexample 4250 4251(which isn't valid C). We refer to shared addresses like @code{x} as 4252``section anchors''. Their use is controlled by @option{-fsection-anchors}. 4253 4254The hooks below describe the target properties that GCC needs to know 4255in order to make effective use of section anchors. It won't use 4256section anchors at all unless either @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET} 4257or @code{TARGET_MAX_ANCHOR_OFFSET} is set to a nonzero value. 4258 4259@hook TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET 4260 4261@hook TARGET_MAX_ANCHOR_OFFSET 4262 4263@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ANCHOR 4264 4265@hook TARGET_USE_ANCHORS_FOR_SYMBOL_P 4266 4267@node Condition Code 4268@section Condition Code Status 4269@cindex condition code status 4270 4271The macros in this section can be split in two families, according to the 4272two ways of representing condition codes in GCC. 4273 4274The first representation is the so called @code{(cc0)} representation 4275(@pxref{Jump Patterns}), where all instructions can have an implicit 4276clobber of the condition codes. The second is the condition code 4277register representation, which provides better schedulability for 4278architectures that do have a condition code register, but on which 4279most instructions do not affect it. The latter category includes 4280most RISC machines. 4281 4282The implicit clobbering poses a strong restriction on the placement of 4283the definition and use of the condition code. In the past the definition 4284and use were always adjacent. However, recent changes to support trapping 4285arithmatic may result in the definition and user being in different blocks. 4286Thus, there may be a @code{NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK} between them. Additionally, 4287the definition may be the source of exception handling edges. 4288 4289These restrictions can prevent important 4290optimizations on some machines. For example, on the IBM RS/6000, there 4291is a delay for taken branches unless the condition code register is set 4292three instructions earlier than the conditional branch. The instruction 4293scheduler cannot perform this optimization if it is not permitted to 4294separate the definition and use of the condition code register. 4295 4296For this reason, it is possible and suggested to use a register to 4297represent the condition code for new ports. If there is a specific 4298condition code register in the machine, use a hard register. If the 4299condition code or comparison result can be placed in any general register, 4300or if there are multiple condition registers, use a pseudo register. 4301Registers used to store the condition code value will usually have a mode 4302that is in class @code{MODE_CC}. 4303 4304Alternatively, you can use @code{BImode} if the comparison operator is 4305specified already in the compare instruction. In this case, you are not 4306interested in most macros in this section. 4307 4308@menu 4309* CC0 Condition Codes:: Old style representation of condition codes. 4310* MODE_CC Condition Codes:: Modern representation of condition codes. 4311@end menu 4312 4313@node CC0 Condition Codes 4314@subsection Representation of condition codes using @code{(cc0)} 4315@findex cc0 4316 4317@findex cc_status 4318The file @file{conditions.h} defines a variable @code{cc_status} to 4319describe how the condition code was computed (in case the interpretation of 4320the condition code depends on the instruction that it was set by). This 4321variable contains the RTL expressions on which the condition code is 4322currently based, and several standard flags. 4323 4324Sometimes additional machine-specific flags must be defined in the machine 4325description header file. It can also add additional machine-specific 4326information by defining @code{CC_STATUS_MDEP}. 4327 4328@defmac CC_STATUS_MDEP 4329C code for a data type which is used for declaring the @code{mdep} 4330component of @code{cc_status}. It defaults to @code{int}. 4331 4332This macro is not used on machines that do not use @code{cc0}. 4333@end defmac 4334 4335@defmac CC_STATUS_MDEP_INIT 4336A C expression to initialize the @code{mdep} field to ``empty''. 4337The default definition does nothing, since most machines don't use 4338the field anyway. If you want to use the field, you should probably 4339define this macro to initialize it. 4340 4341This macro is not used on machines that do not use @code{cc0}. 4342@end defmac 4343 4344@defmac NOTICE_UPDATE_CC (@var{exp}, @var{insn}) 4345A C compound statement to set the components of @code{cc_status} 4346appropriately for an insn @var{insn} whose body is @var{exp}. It is 4347this macro's responsibility to recognize insns that set the condition 4348code as a byproduct of other activity as well as those that explicitly 4349set @code{(cc0)}. 4350 4351This macro is not used on machines that do not use @code{cc0}. 4352 4353If there are insns that do not set the condition code but do alter 4354other machine registers, this macro must check to see whether they 4355invalidate the expressions that the condition code is recorded as 4356reflecting. For example, on the 68000, insns that store in address 4357registers do not set the condition code, which means that usually 4358@code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} can leave @code{cc_status} unaltered for such 4359insns. But suppose that the previous insn set the condition code 4360based on location @samp{a4@@(102)} and the current insn stores a new 4361value in @samp{a4}. Although the condition code is not changed by 4362this, it will no longer be true that it reflects the contents of 4363@samp{a4@@(102)}. Therefore, @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} must alter 4364@code{cc_status} in this case to say that nothing is known about the 4365condition code value. 4366 4367The definition of @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} must be prepared to deal 4368with the results of peephole optimization: insns whose patterns are 4369@code{parallel} RTXs containing various @code{reg}, @code{mem} or 4370constants which are just the operands. The RTL structure of these 4371insns is not sufficient to indicate what the insns actually do. What 4372@code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} should do when it sees one is just to run 4373@code{CC_STATUS_INIT}. 4374 4375A possible definition of @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} is to call a function 4376that looks at an attribute (@pxref{Insn Attributes}) named, for example, 4377@samp{cc}. This avoids having detailed information about patterns in 4378two places, the @file{md} file and in @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC}. 4379@end defmac 4380 4381@node MODE_CC Condition Codes 4382@subsection Representation of condition codes using registers 4383@findex CCmode 4384@findex MODE_CC 4385 4386@defmac SELECT_CC_MODE (@var{op}, @var{x}, @var{y}) 4387On many machines, the condition code may be produced by other instructions 4388than compares, for example the branch can use directly the condition 4389code set by a subtract instruction. However, on some machines 4390when the condition code is set this way some bits (such as the overflow 4391bit) are not set in the same way as a test instruction, so that a different 4392branch instruction must be used for some conditional branches. When 4393this happens, use the machine mode of the condition code register to 4394record different formats of the condition code register. Modes can 4395also be used to record which compare instruction (e.g.@: a signed or an 4396unsigned comparison) produced the condition codes. 4397 4398If other modes than @code{CCmode} are required, add them to 4399@file{@var{machine}-modes.def} and define @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} to choose 4400a mode given an operand of a compare. This is needed because the modes 4401have to be chosen not only during RTL generation but also, for example, 4402by instruction combination. The result of @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} should 4403be consistent with the mode used in the patterns; for example to support 4404the case of the add on the SPARC discussed above, we have the pattern 4405 4406@smallexample 4407(define_insn "" 4408 [(set (reg:CCNZ 0) 4409 (compare:CCNZ 4410 (plus:SI (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "%r") 4411 (match_operand:SI 1 "arith_operand" "rI")) 4412 (const_int 0)))] 4413 "" 4414 "@dots{}") 4415@end smallexample 4416 4417@noindent 4418together with a @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} that returns @code{CCNZmode} 4419for comparisons whose argument is a @code{plus}: 4420 4421@smallexample 4422#define SELECT_CC_MODE(OP,X,Y) \ 4423 (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (X)) == MODE_FLOAT \ 4424 ? ((OP == LT || OP == LE || OP == GT || OP == GE) \ 4425 ? CCFPEmode : CCFPmode) \ 4426 : ((GET_CODE (X) == PLUS || GET_CODE (X) == MINUS \ 4427 || GET_CODE (X) == NEG || GET_CODE (x) == ASHIFT) \ 4428 ? CCNZmode : CCmode)) 4429@end smallexample 4430 4431Another reason to use modes is to retain information on which operands 4432were used by the comparison; see @code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE} later in 4433this section. 4434 4435You should define this macro if and only if you define extra CC modes 4436in @file{@var{machine}-modes.def}. 4437@end defmac 4438 4439@hook TARGET_CANONICALIZE_COMPARISON 4440 4441@defmac REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode}) 4442A C expression whose value is one if it is always safe to reverse a 4443comparison whose mode is @var{mode}. If @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} 4444can ever return @var{mode} for a floating-point inequality comparison, 4445then @code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})} must be zero. 4446 4447You need not define this macro if it would always returns zero or if the 4448floating-point format is anything other than @code{IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT}. 4449For example, here is the definition used on the SPARC, where floating-point 4450inequality comparisons are given either @code{CCFPEmode} or @code{CCFPmode}: 4451 4452@smallexample 4453#define REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE(MODE) \ 4454 ((MODE) != CCFPEmode && (MODE) != CCFPmode) 4455@end smallexample 4456@end defmac 4457 4458@defmac REVERSE_CONDITION (@var{code}, @var{mode}) 4459A C expression whose value is reversed condition code of the @var{code} for 4460comparison done in CC_MODE @var{mode}. The macro is used only in case 4461@code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})} is nonzero. Define this macro in case 4462machine has some non-standard way how to reverse certain conditionals. For 4463instance in case all floating point conditions are non-trapping, compiler may 4464freely convert unordered compares to ordered ones. Then definition may look 4465like: 4466 4467@smallexample 4468#define REVERSE_CONDITION(CODE, MODE) \ 4469 ((MODE) != CCFPmode ? reverse_condition (CODE) \ 4470 : reverse_condition_maybe_unordered (CODE)) 4471@end smallexample 4472@end defmac 4473 4474@hook TARGET_FIXED_CONDITION_CODE_REGS 4475 4476@hook TARGET_CC_MODES_COMPATIBLE 4477 4478@hook TARGET_FLAGS_REGNUM 4479 4480@node Costs 4481@section Describing Relative Costs of Operations 4482@cindex costs of instructions 4483@cindex relative costs 4484@cindex speed of instructions 4485 4486These macros let you describe the relative speed of various operations 4487on the target machine. 4488 4489@defmac REGISTER_MOVE_COST (@var{mode}, @var{from}, @var{to}) 4490A C expression for the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode} from a 4491register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes are 4492expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}. A 4493value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to 4494that. 4495 4496It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the 4497same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between 4498registers if they are not general registers. 4499 4500If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two 4501hard registers, and if @code{REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their 4502classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the 4503constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will 4504allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this 4505if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying. 4506 4507These macros are obsolete, new ports should use the target hook 4508@code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} instead. 4509@end defmac 4510 4511@hook TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST 4512 4513@defmac MEMORY_MOVE_COST (@var{mode}, @var{class}, @var{in}) 4514A C expression for the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode} between a 4515register of class @var{class} and memory; @var{in} is zero if the value 4516is to be written to memory, nonzero if it is to be read in. This cost 4517is relative to those in @code{REGISTER_MOVE_COST}. If moving between 4518registers and memory is more expensive than between two registers, you 4519should define this macro to express the relative cost. 4520 4521If you do not define this macro, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus 4522the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is 4523needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy 4524between memory and a register of @var{class} but the reload mechanism is 4525more complex than copying via an intermediate, define this macro to 4526reflect the actual cost of the move. 4527 4528GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if 4529secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via 4530a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a 4531secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of 45324 is not correct for your machine, define this macro to add some other 4533value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function 4534are the same as to this macro. 4535 4536These macros are obsolete, new ports should use the target hook 4537@code{TARGET_MEMORY_MOVE_COST} instead. 4538@end defmac 4539 4540@hook TARGET_MEMORY_MOVE_COST 4541 4542@defmac BRANCH_COST (@var{speed_p}, @var{predictable_p}) 4543A C expression for the cost of a branch instruction. A value of 1 is 4544the default; other values are interpreted relative to that. Parameter 4545@var{speed_p} is true when the branch in question should be optimized 4546for speed. When it is false, @code{BRANCH_COST} should return a value 4547optimal for code size rather than performance. @var{predictable_p} is 4548true for well-predicted branches. On many architectures the 4549@code{BRANCH_COST} can be reduced then. 4550@end defmac 4551 4552Here are additional macros which do not specify precise relative costs, 4553but only that certain actions are more expensive than GCC would 4554ordinarily expect. 4555 4556@defmac SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS 4557Define this macro as a C expression which is nonzero if accessing less 4558than a word of memory (i.e.@: a @code{char} or a @code{short}) is no 4559faster than accessing a word of memory, i.e., if such access 4560require more than one instruction or if there is no difference in cost 4561between byte and (aligned) word loads. 4562 4563When this macro is not defined, the compiler will access a field by 4564finding the smallest containing object; when it is defined, a fullword 4565load will be used if alignment permits. Unless bytes accesses are 4566faster than word accesses, using word accesses is preferable since it 4567may eliminate subsequent memory access if subsequent accesses occur to 4568other fields in the same word of the structure, but to different bytes. 4569@end defmac 4570 4571@hook TARGET_SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS 4572 4573@defmac MOVE_RATIO (@var{speed}) 4574The threshold of number of scalar memory-to-memory move insns, @emph{below} 4575which a sequence of insns should be generated instead of a 4576string move insn or a library call. Increasing the value will always 4577make code faster, but eventually incurs high cost in increased code size. 4578 4579Note that on machines where the corresponding move insn is a 4580@code{define_expand} that emits a sequence of insns, this macro counts 4581the number of such sequences. 4582 4583The parameter @var{speed} is true if the code is currently being 4584optimized for speed rather than size. 4585 4586If you don't define this, a reasonable default is used. 4587@end defmac 4588 4589@hook TARGET_USE_BY_PIECES_INFRASTRUCTURE_P 4590 4591@hook TARGET_COMPARE_BY_PIECES_BRANCH_RATIO 4592 4593@defmac MOVE_MAX_PIECES 4594A C expression used by @code{move_by_pieces} to determine the largest unit 4595a load or store used to copy memory is. Defaults to @code{MOVE_MAX}. 4596@end defmac 4597 4598@defmac STORE_MAX_PIECES 4599A C expression used by @code{store_by_pieces} to determine the largest unit 4600a store used to memory is. Defaults to @code{MOVE_MAX_PIECES}, or two times 4601the size of @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}, whichever is smaller. 4602@end defmac 4603 4604@defmac COMPARE_MAX_PIECES 4605A C expression used by @code{compare_by_pieces} to determine the largest unit 4606a load or store used to compare memory is. Defaults to 4607@code{MOVE_MAX_PIECES}. 4608@end defmac 4609 4610@defmac CLEAR_RATIO (@var{speed}) 4611The threshold of number of scalar move insns, @emph{below} which a sequence 4612of insns should be generated to clear memory instead of a string clear insn 4613or a library call. Increasing the value will always make code faster, but 4614eventually incurs high cost in increased code size. 4615 4616The parameter @var{speed} is true if the code is currently being 4617optimized for speed rather than size. 4618 4619If you don't define this, a reasonable default is used. 4620@end defmac 4621 4622@defmac SET_RATIO (@var{speed}) 4623The threshold of number of scalar move insns, @emph{below} which a sequence 4624of insns should be generated to set memory to a constant value, instead of 4625a block set insn or a library call. 4626Increasing the value will always make code faster, but 4627eventually incurs high cost in increased code size. 4628 4629The parameter @var{speed} is true if the code is currently being 4630optimized for speed rather than size. 4631 4632If you don't define this, it defaults to the value of @code{MOVE_RATIO}. 4633@end defmac 4634 4635@defmac USE_LOAD_POST_INCREMENT (@var{mode}) 4636A C expression used to determine whether a load postincrement is a good 4637thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of 4638@code{HAVE_POST_INCREMENT}. 4639@end defmac 4640 4641@defmac USE_LOAD_POST_DECREMENT (@var{mode}) 4642A C expression used to determine whether a load postdecrement is a good 4643thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of 4644@code{HAVE_POST_DECREMENT}. 4645@end defmac 4646 4647@defmac USE_LOAD_PRE_INCREMENT (@var{mode}) 4648A C expression used to determine whether a load preincrement is a good 4649thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of 4650@code{HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT}. 4651@end defmac 4652 4653@defmac USE_LOAD_PRE_DECREMENT (@var{mode}) 4654A C expression used to determine whether a load predecrement is a good 4655thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of 4656@code{HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT}. 4657@end defmac 4658 4659@defmac USE_STORE_POST_INCREMENT (@var{mode}) 4660A C expression used to determine whether a store postincrement is a good 4661thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of 4662@code{HAVE_POST_INCREMENT}. 4663@end defmac 4664 4665@defmac USE_STORE_POST_DECREMENT (@var{mode}) 4666A C expression used to determine whether a store postdecrement is a good 4667thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of 4668@code{HAVE_POST_DECREMENT}. 4669@end defmac 4670 4671@defmac USE_STORE_PRE_INCREMENT (@var{mode}) 4672This macro is used to determine whether a store preincrement is a good 4673thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of 4674@code{HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT}. 4675@end defmac 4676 4677@defmac USE_STORE_PRE_DECREMENT (@var{mode}) 4678This macro is used to determine whether a store predecrement is a good 4679thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of 4680@code{HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT}. 4681@end defmac 4682 4683@defmac NO_FUNCTION_CSE 4684Define this macro to be true if it is as good or better to call a constant 4685function address than to call an address kept in a register. 4686@end defmac 4687 4688@defmac LOGICAL_OP_NON_SHORT_CIRCUIT 4689Define this macro if a non-short-circuit operation produced by 4690@samp{fold_range_test ()} is optimal. This macro defaults to true if 4691@code{BRANCH_COST} is greater than or equal to the value 2. 4692@end defmac 4693 4694@hook TARGET_OPTAB_SUPPORTED_P 4695 4696@hook TARGET_RTX_COSTS 4697 4698@hook TARGET_ADDRESS_COST 4699 4700@hook TARGET_INSN_COST 4701 4702@hook TARGET_MAX_NOCE_IFCVT_SEQ_COST 4703 4704@hook TARGET_NOCE_CONVERSION_PROFITABLE_P 4705 4706@hook TARGET_NEW_ADDRESS_PROFITABLE_P 4707 4708@hook TARGET_NO_SPECULATION_IN_DELAY_SLOTS_P 4709 4710@hook TARGET_ESTIMATED_POLY_VALUE 4711 4712@node Scheduling 4713@section Adjusting the Instruction Scheduler 4714 4715The instruction scheduler may need a fair amount of machine-specific 4716adjustment in order to produce good code. GCC provides several target 4717hooks for this purpose. It is usually enough to define just a few of 4718them: try the first ones in this list first. 4719 4720@hook TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE 4721 4722@hook TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE 4723 4724@hook TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST 4725 4726@hook TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_PRIORITY 4727 4728@hook TARGET_SCHED_REORDER 4729 4730@hook TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2 4731 4732@hook TARGET_SCHED_MACRO_FUSION_P 4733 4734@hook TARGET_SCHED_MACRO_FUSION_PAIR_P 4735 4736@hook TARGET_SCHED_DEPENDENCIES_EVALUATION_HOOK 4737 4738@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT 4739 4740@hook TARGET_SCHED_FINISH 4741 4742@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL 4743 4744@hook TARGET_SCHED_FINISH_GLOBAL 4745 4746@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN 4747 4748@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN 4749 4750@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN 4751 4752@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN 4753 4754@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_ADVANCE_CYCLE 4755 4756@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_ADVANCE_CYCLE 4757 4758@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD 4759 4760@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD_GUARD 4761 4762@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_BEGIN 4763 4764@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_ISSUE 4765 4766@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_BACKTRACK 4767 4768@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_END 4769 4770@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_INIT 4771 4772@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_FINI 4773 4774@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_NEW_CYCLE 4775 4776@hook TARGET_SCHED_IS_COSTLY_DEPENDENCE 4777 4778@hook TARGET_SCHED_H_I_D_EXTENDED 4779 4780@hook TARGET_SCHED_ALLOC_SCHED_CONTEXT 4781 4782@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_SCHED_CONTEXT 4783 4784@hook TARGET_SCHED_SET_SCHED_CONTEXT 4785 4786@hook TARGET_SCHED_CLEAR_SCHED_CONTEXT 4787 4788@hook TARGET_SCHED_FREE_SCHED_CONTEXT 4789 4790@hook TARGET_SCHED_SPECULATE_INSN 4791 4792@hook TARGET_SCHED_NEEDS_BLOCK_P 4793 4794@hook TARGET_SCHED_GEN_SPEC_CHECK 4795 4796@hook TARGET_SCHED_SET_SCHED_FLAGS 4797 4798@hook TARGET_SCHED_CAN_SPECULATE_INSN 4799 4800@hook TARGET_SCHED_SMS_RES_MII 4801 4802@hook TARGET_SCHED_DISPATCH 4803 4804@hook TARGET_SCHED_DISPATCH_DO 4805 4806@hook TARGET_SCHED_EXPOSED_PIPELINE 4807 4808@hook TARGET_SCHED_REASSOCIATION_WIDTH 4809 4810@hook TARGET_SCHED_FUSION_PRIORITY 4811 4812@hook TARGET_EXPAND_DIVMOD_LIBFUNC 4813 4814@node Sections 4815@section Dividing the Output into Sections (Texts, Data, @dots{}) 4816@c the above section title is WAY too long. maybe cut the part between 4817@c the (...)? --mew 10feb93 4818 4819An object file is divided into sections containing different types of 4820data. In the most common case, there are three sections: the @dfn{text 4821section}, which holds instructions and read-only data; the @dfn{data 4822section}, which holds initialized writable data; and the @dfn{bss 4823section}, which holds uninitialized data. Some systems have other kinds 4824of sections. 4825 4826@file{varasm.c} provides several well-known sections, such as 4827@code{text_section}, @code{data_section} and @code{bss_section}. 4828The normal way of controlling a @code{@var{foo}_section} variable 4829is to define the associated @code{@var{FOO}_SECTION_ASM_OP} macro, 4830as described below. The macros are only read once, when @file{varasm.c} 4831initializes itself, so their values must be run-time constants. 4832They may however depend on command-line flags. 4833 4834@emph{Note:} Some run-time files, such @file{crtstuff.c}, also make 4835use of the @code{@var{FOO}_SECTION_ASM_OP} macros, and expect them 4836to be string literals. 4837 4838Some assemblers require a different string to be written every time a 4839section is selected. If your assembler falls into this category, you 4840should define the @code{TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS} hook and use 4841@code{get_unnamed_section} to set up the sections. 4842 4843You must always create a @code{text_section}, either by defining 4844@code{TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP} or by initializing @code{text_section} 4845in @code{TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS}. The same is true of 4846@code{data_section} and @code{DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP}. If you do not 4847create a distinct @code{readonly_data_section}, the default is to 4848reuse @code{text_section}. 4849 4850All the other @file{varasm.c} sections are optional, and are null 4851if the target does not provide them. 4852 4853@defmac TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP 4854A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the 4855assembler operation that should precede instructions and read-only data. 4856Normally @code{"\t.text"} is right. 4857@end defmac 4858 4859@defmac HOT_TEXT_SECTION_NAME 4860If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing most 4861frequently executed functions of the program. If not defined, GCC will provide 4862a default definition if the target supports named sections. 4863@end defmac 4864 4865@defmac UNLIKELY_EXECUTED_TEXT_SECTION_NAME 4866If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing unlikely 4867executed functions in the program. 4868@end defmac 4869 4870@defmac DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP 4871A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the 4872assembler operation to identify the following data as writable initialized 4873data. Normally @code{"\t.data"} is right. 4874@end defmac 4875 4876@defmac SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP 4877If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, 4878containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as 4879initialized, writable small data. 4880@end defmac 4881 4882@defmac READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP 4883A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the 4884assembler operation to identify the following data as read-only initialized 4885data. 4886@end defmac 4887 4888@defmac BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP 4889If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, 4890containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as 4891uninitialized global data. If not defined, and 4892@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS} not defined, 4893uninitialized global data will be output in the data section if 4894@option{-fno-common} is passed, otherwise @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} will be 4895used. 4896@end defmac 4897 4898@defmac SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP 4899If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, 4900containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as 4901uninitialized, writable small data. 4902@end defmac 4903 4904@defmac TLS_COMMON_ASM_OP 4905If defined, a C expression whose value is a string containing the 4906assembler operation to identify the following data as thread-local 4907common data. The default is @code{".tls_common"}. 4908@end defmac 4909 4910@defmac TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG 4911If defined, a C expression whose value is a character constant 4912containing the flag used to mark a section as a TLS section. The 4913default is @code{'T'}. 4914@end defmac 4915 4916@defmac INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP 4917If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, 4918containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as 4919initialization code. If not defined, GCC will assume such a section does 4920not exist. This section has no corresponding @code{init_section} 4921variable; it is used entirely in runtime code. 4922@end defmac 4923 4924@defmac FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP 4925If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, 4926containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as 4927finalization code. If not defined, GCC will assume such a section does 4928not exist. This section has no corresponding @code{fini_section} 4929variable; it is used entirely in runtime code. 4930@end defmac 4931 4932@defmac INIT_ARRAY_SECTION_ASM_OP 4933If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, 4934containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as 4935part of the @code{.init_array} (or equivalent) section. If not 4936defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist. Do not define 4937both this macro and @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}. 4938@end defmac 4939 4940@defmac FINI_ARRAY_SECTION_ASM_OP 4941If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, 4942containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as 4943part of the @code{.fini_array} (or equivalent) section. If not 4944defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist. Do not define 4945both this macro and @code{FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP}. 4946@end defmac 4947 4948@defmac MACH_DEP_SECTION_ASM_FLAG 4949If defined, a C expression whose value is a character constant 4950containing the flag used to mark a machine-dependent section. This 4951corresponds to the @code{SECTION_MACH_DEP} section flag. 4952@end defmac 4953 4954@defmac CRT_CALL_STATIC_FUNCTION (@var{section_op}, @var{function}) 4955If defined, an ASM statement that switches to a different section 4956via @var{section_op}, calls @var{function}, and switches back to 4957the text section. This is used in @file{crtstuff.c} if 4958@code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP} or @code{FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP} to calls 4959to initialization and finalization functions from the init and fini 4960sections. By default, this macro uses a simple function call. Some 4961ports need hand-crafted assembly code to avoid dependencies on 4962registers initialized in the function prologue or to ensure that 4963constant pools don't end up too far way in the text section. 4964@end defmac 4965 4966@defmac TARGET_LIBGCC_SDATA_SECTION 4967If defined, a string which names the section into which small 4968variables defined in crtstuff and libgcc should go. This is useful 4969when the target has options for optimizing access to small data, and 4970you want the crtstuff and libgcc routines to be conservative in what 4971they expect of your application yet liberal in what your application 4972expects. For example, for targets with a @code{.sdata} section (like 4973MIPS), you could compile crtstuff with @code{-G 0} so that it doesn't 4974require small data support from your application, but use this macro 4975to put small data into @code{.sdata} so that your application can 4976access these variables whether it uses small data or not. 4977@end defmac 4978 4979@defmac FORCE_CODE_SECTION_ALIGN 4980If defined, an ASM statement that aligns a code section to some 4981arbitrary boundary. This is used to force all fragments of the 4982@code{.init} and @code{.fini} sections to have to same alignment 4983and thus prevent the linker from having to add any padding. 4984@end defmac 4985 4986@defmac JUMP_TABLES_IN_TEXT_SECTION 4987Define this macro to be an expression with a nonzero value if jump 4988tables (for @code{tablejump} insns) should be output in the text 4989section, along with the assembler instructions. Otherwise, the 4990readonly data section is used. 4991 4992This macro is irrelevant if there is no separate readonly data section. 4993@end defmac 4994 4995@hook TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS 4996 4997@hook TARGET_ASM_RELOC_RW_MASK 4998 4999@hook TARGET_ASM_GENERATE_PIC_ADDR_DIFF_VEC 5000 5001@hook TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION 5002 5003@defmac USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS 5004Define this macro if you wish TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION to be called 5005for @code{FUNCTION_DECL}s as well as for variables and constants. 5006 5007In the case of a @code{FUNCTION_DECL}, @var{reloc} will be zero if the 5008function has been determined to be likely to be called, and nonzero if 5009it is unlikely to be called. 5010@end defmac 5011 5012@hook TARGET_ASM_UNIQUE_SECTION 5013 5014@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_RODATA_SECTION 5015 5016@hook TARGET_ASM_MERGEABLE_RODATA_PREFIX 5017 5018@hook TARGET_ASM_TM_CLONE_TABLE_SECTION 5019 5020@hook TARGET_ASM_SELECT_RTX_SECTION 5021 5022@hook TARGET_MANGLE_DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME 5023 5024@hook TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO 5025 5026@hook TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING 5027 5028@hook TARGET_IN_SMALL_DATA_P 5029 5030@hook TARGET_HAVE_SRODATA_SECTION 5031 5032@hook TARGET_PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE 5033 5034@hook TARGET_BINDS_LOCAL_P 5035 5036@hook TARGET_HAVE_TLS 5037 5038 5039@node PIC 5040@section Position Independent Code 5041@cindex position independent code 5042@cindex PIC 5043 5044This section describes macros that help implement generation of position 5045independent code. Simply defining these macros is not enough to 5046generate valid PIC; you must also add support to the hook 5047@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} and to the macro 5048@code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}, as well as @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS}. You 5049must modify the definition of @samp{movsi} to do something appropriate 5050when the source operand contains a symbolic address. You may also 5051need to alter the handling of switch statements so that they use 5052relative addresses. 5053@c i rearranged the order of the macros above to try to force one of 5054@c them to the next line, to eliminate an overfull hbox. --mew 10feb93 5055 5056@defmac PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM 5057The register number of the register used to address a table of static 5058data addresses in memory. In some cases this register is defined by a 5059processor's ``application binary interface'' (ABI)@. When this macro 5060is defined, RTL is generated for this register once, as with the stack 5061pointer and frame pointer registers. If this macro is not defined, it 5062is up to the machine-dependent files to allocate such a register (if 5063necessary). Note that this register must be fixed when in use (e.g.@: 5064when @code{flag_pic} is true). 5065@end defmac 5066 5067@defmac PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REG_CALL_CLOBBERED 5068A C expression that is nonzero if the register defined by 5069@code{PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM} is clobbered by calls. If not defined, 5070the default is zero. Do not define 5071this macro if @code{PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM} is not defined. 5072@end defmac 5073 5074@defmac LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P (@var{x}) 5075A C expression that is nonzero if @var{x} is a legitimate immediate 5076operand on the target machine when generating position independent code. 5077You can assume that @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not 5078check this. You can also assume @var{flag_pic} is true, so you need not 5079check it either. You need not define this macro if all constants 5080(including @code{SYMBOL_REF}) can be immediate operands when generating 5081position independent code. 5082@end defmac 5083 5084@node Assembler Format 5085@section Defining the Output Assembler Language 5086 5087This section describes macros whose principal purpose is to describe how 5088to write instructions in assembler language---rather than what the 5089instructions do. 5090 5091@menu 5092* File Framework:: Structural information for the assembler file. 5093* Data Output:: Output of constants (numbers, strings, addresses). 5094* Uninitialized Data:: Output of uninitialized variables. 5095* Label Output:: Output and generation of labels. 5096* Initialization:: General principles of initialization 5097 and termination routines. 5098* Macros for Initialization:: 5099 Specific macros that control the handling of 5100 initialization and termination routines. 5101* Instruction Output:: Output of actual instructions. 5102* Dispatch Tables:: Output of jump tables. 5103* Exception Region Output:: Output of exception region code. 5104* Alignment Output:: Pseudo ops for alignment and skipping data. 5105@end menu 5106 5107@node File Framework 5108@subsection The Overall Framework of an Assembler File 5109@cindex assembler format 5110@cindex output of assembler code 5111 5112@c prevent bad page break with this line 5113This describes the overall framework of an assembly file. 5114 5115@findex default_file_start 5116@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_START 5117 5118@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_APP_OFF 5119 5120@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_FILE_DIRECTIVE 5121 5122@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_END 5123 5124@deftypefun void file_end_indicate_exec_stack () 5125Some systems use a common convention, the @samp{.note.GNU-stack} 5126special section, to indicate whether or not an object file relies on 5127the stack being executable. If your system uses this convention, you 5128should define @code{TARGET_ASM_FILE_END} to this function. If you 5129need to do other things in that hook, have your hook function call 5130this function. 5131@end deftypefun 5132 5133@hook TARGET_ASM_LTO_START 5134 5135@hook TARGET_ASM_LTO_END 5136 5137@hook TARGET_ASM_CODE_END 5138 5139@defmac ASM_COMMENT_START 5140A C string constant describing how to begin a comment in the target 5141assembler language. The compiler assumes that the comment will end at 5142the end of the line. 5143@end defmac 5144 5145@defmac ASM_APP_ON 5146A C string constant for text to be output before each @code{asm} 5147statement or group of consecutive ones. Normally this is 5148@code{"#APP"}, which is a comment that has no effect on most 5149assemblers but tells the GNU assembler that it must check the lines 5150that follow for all valid assembler constructs. 5151@end defmac 5152 5153@defmac ASM_APP_OFF 5154A C string constant for text to be output after each @code{asm} 5155statement or group of consecutive ones. Normally this is 5156@code{"#NO_APP"}, which tells the GNU assembler to resume making the 5157time-saving assumptions that are valid for ordinary compiler output. 5158@end defmac 5159 5160@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}) 5161A C statement to output COFF information or DWARF debugging information 5162which indicates that filename @var{name} is the current source file to 5163the stdio stream @var{stream}. 5164 5165This macro need not be defined if the standard form of output 5166for the file format in use is appropriate. 5167@end defmac 5168 5169@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME 5170 5171@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_IDENT 5172 5173@defmac OUTPUT_QUOTED_STRING (@var{stream}, @var{string}) 5174A C statement to output the string @var{string} to the stdio stream 5175@var{stream}. If you do not call the function @code{output_quoted_string} 5176in your config files, GCC will only call it to output filenames to 5177the assembler source. So you can use it to canonicalize the format 5178of the filename using this macro. 5179@end defmac 5180 5181@hook TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION 5182 5183@hook TARGET_ASM_ELF_FLAGS_NUMERIC 5184 5185@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_SECTION 5186 5187@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_SWITCHED_TEXT_SECTIONS 5188 5189@hook TARGET_HAVE_NAMED_SECTIONS 5190This flag is true if the target supports @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}. 5191It must not be modified by command-line option processing. 5192@end deftypevr 5193 5194@anchor{TARGET_HAVE_SWITCHABLE_BSS_SECTIONS} 5195@hook TARGET_HAVE_SWITCHABLE_BSS_SECTIONS 5196 5197@hook TARGET_SECTION_TYPE_FLAGS 5198 5199@hook TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES 5200 5201@hook TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION 5202 5203@need 2000 5204@node Data Output 5205@subsection Output of Data 5206 5207 5208@hook TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP 5209 5210@hook TARGET_ASM_INTEGER 5211 5212@hook TARGET_ASM_DECL_END 5213 5214@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_CONST_EXTRA 5215 5216@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (@var{stream}, @var{ptr}, @var{len}) 5217A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler 5218instruction to assemble a string constant containing the @var{len} 5219bytes at @var{ptr}. @var{ptr} will be a C expression of type 5220@code{char *} and @var{len} a C expression of type @code{int}. 5221 5222If the assembler has a @code{.ascii} pseudo-op as found in the 5223Berkeley Unix assembler, do not define the macro 5224@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII}. 5225@end defmac 5226 5227@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{n}) 5228A C statement to output word @var{n} of a function descriptor for 5229@var{decl}. This must be defined if @code{TARGET_VTABLE_USES_DESCRIPTORS} 5230is defined, and is otherwise unused. 5231@end defmac 5232 5233@defmac CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION 5234You may define this macro as a C expression. You should define the 5235expression to have a nonzero value if GCC should output the constant 5236pool for a function before the code for the function, or a zero value if 5237GCC should output the constant pool after the function. If you do 5238not define this macro, the usual case, GCC will output the constant 5239pool before the function. 5240@end defmac 5241 5242@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE (@var{file}, @var{funname}, @var{fundecl}, @var{size}) 5243A C statement to output assembler commands to define the start of the 5244constant pool for a function. @var{funname} is a string giving 5245the name of the function. Should the return type of the function 5246be required, it can be obtained via @var{fundecl}. @var{size} 5247is the size, in bytes, of the constant pool that will be written 5248immediately after this call. 5249 5250If no constant-pool prefix is required, the usual case, this macro need 5251not be defined. 5252@end defmac 5253 5254@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY (@var{file}, @var{x}, @var{mode}, @var{align}, @var{labelno}, @var{jumpto}) 5255A C statement (with or without semicolon) to output a constant in the 5256constant pool, if it needs special treatment. (This macro need not do 5257anything for RTL expressions that can be output normally.) 5258 5259The argument @var{file} is the standard I/O stream to output the 5260assembler code on. @var{x} is the RTL expression for the constant to 5261output, and @var{mode} is the machine mode (in case @var{x} is a 5262@samp{const_int}). @var{align} is the required alignment for the value 5263@var{x}; you should output an assembler directive to force this much 5264alignment. 5265 5266The argument @var{labelno} is a number to use in an internal label for 5267the address of this pool entry. The definition of this macro is 5268responsible for outputting the label definition at the proper place. 5269Here is how to do this: 5270 5271@smallexample 5272@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} (@var{file}, "LC", @var{labelno}); 5273@end smallexample 5274 5275When you output a pool entry specially, you should end with a 5276@code{goto} to the label @var{jumpto}. This will prevent the same pool 5277entry from being output a second time in the usual manner. 5278 5279You need not define this macro if it would do nothing. 5280@end defmac 5281 5282@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE (@var{file} @var{funname} @var{fundecl} @var{size}) 5283A C statement to output assembler commands to at the end of the constant 5284pool for a function. @var{funname} is a string giving the name of the 5285function. Should the return type of the function be required, you can 5286obtain it via @var{fundecl}. @var{size} is the size, in bytes, of the 5287constant pool that GCC wrote immediately before this call. 5288 5289If no constant-pool epilogue is required, the usual case, you need not 5290define this macro. 5291@end defmac 5292 5293@defmac IS_ASM_LOGICAL_LINE_SEPARATOR (@var{C}, @var{STR}) 5294Define this macro as a C expression which is nonzero if @var{C} is 5295used as a logical line separator by the assembler. @var{STR} points 5296to the position in the string where @var{C} was found; this can be used if 5297a line separator uses multiple characters. 5298 5299If you do not define this macro, the default is that only 5300the character @samp{;} is treated as a logical line separator. 5301@end defmac 5302 5303@hook TARGET_ASM_OPEN_PAREN 5304 5305These macros are provided by @file{real.h} for writing the definitions 5306of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DOUBLE} and the like: 5307 5308@defmac REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (@var{x}, @var{l}) 5309@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (@var{x}, @var{l}) 5310@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (@var{x}, @var{l}) 5311@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL32 (@var{x}, @var{l}) 5312@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL64 (@var{x}, @var{l}) 5313@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL128 (@var{x}, @var{l}) 5314These translate @var{x}, of type @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE}, to the 5315target's floating point representation, and store its bit pattern in 5316the variable @var{l}. For @code{REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE} and 5317@code{REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL32}, this variable should be a 5318simple @code{long int}. For the others, it should be an array of 5319@code{long int}. The number of elements in this array is determined 5320by the size of the desired target floating point data type: 32 bits of 5321it go in each @code{long int} array element. Each array element holds 532232 bits of the result, even if @code{long int} is wider than 32 bits 5323on the host machine. 5324 5325The array element values are designed so that you can print them out 5326using @code{fprintf} in the order they should appear in the target 5327machine's memory. 5328@end defmac 5329 5330@node Uninitialized Data 5331@subsection Output of Uninitialized Variables 5332 5333Each of the macros in this section is used to do the whole job of 5334outputting a single uninitialized variable. 5335 5336@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{rounded}) 5337A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream 5338@var{stream} the assembler definition of a common-label named 5339@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes. The variable @var{rounded} 5340is the size rounded up to whatever alignment the caller wants. It is 5341possible that @var{size} may be zero, for instance if a struct with no 5342other member than a zero-length array is defined. In this case, the 5343backend must output a symbol definition that allocates at least one 5344byte, both so that the address of the resulting object does not compare 5345equal to any other, and because some object formats cannot even express 5346the concept of a zero-sized common symbol, as that is how they represent 5347an ordinary undefined external. 5348 5349Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to 5350output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional 5351assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline. 5352 5353This macro controls how the assembler definitions of uninitialized 5354common global variables are output. 5355@end defmac 5356 5357@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment}) 5358Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} except takes the required alignment as a 5359separate, explicit argument. If you define this macro, it is used in 5360place of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON}, and gives you more flexibility in 5361handling the required alignment of the variable. The alignment is specified 5362as the number of bits. 5363@end defmac 5364 5365@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment}) 5366Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON} except that @var{decl} of the 5367variable to be output, if there is one, or @code{NULL_TREE} if there 5368is no corresponding variable. If you define this macro, GCC will use it 5369in place of both @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} and 5370@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON}. Define this macro when you need to see 5371the variable's decl in order to chose what to output. 5372@end defmac 5373 5374@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment}) 5375A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream 5376@var{stream} the assembler definition of uninitialized global @var{decl} named 5377@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes. The variable @var{alignment} 5378is the alignment specified as the number of bits. 5379 5380Try to use function @code{asm_output_aligned_bss} defined in file 5381@file{varasm.c} when defining this macro. If unable, use the expression 5382@code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to output the name itself; 5383before and after that, output the additional assembler syntax for defining 5384the name, and a newline. 5385 5386There are two ways of handling global BSS@. One is to define this macro. 5387The other is to have @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION} return a 5388switchable BSS section (@pxref{TARGET_HAVE_SWITCHABLE_BSS_SECTIONS}). 5389You do not need to do both. 5390 5391Some languages do not have @code{common} data, and require a 5392non-common form of global BSS in order to handle uninitialized globals 5393efficiently. C++ is one example of this. However, if the target does 5394not support global BSS, the front end may choose to make globals 5395common in order to save space in the object file. 5396@end defmac 5397 5398@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{rounded}) 5399A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream 5400@var{stream} the assembler definition of a local-common-label named 5401@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes. The variable @var{rounded} 5402is the size rounded up to whatever alignment the caller wants. 5403 5404Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to 5405output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional 5406assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline. 5407 5408This macro controls how the assembler definitions of uninitialized 5409static variables are output. 5410@end defmac 5411 5412@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment}) 5413Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL} except takes the required alignment as a 5414separate, explicit argument. If you define this macro, it is used in 5415place of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL}, and gives you more flexibility in 5416handling the required alignment of the variable. The alignment is specified 5417as the number of bits. 5418@end defmac 5419 5420@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment}) 5421Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL} except that @var{decl} of the 5422variable to be output, if there is one, or @code{NULL_TREE} if there 5423is no corresponding variable. If you define this macro, GCC will use it 5424in place of both @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL} and 5425@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL}. Define this macro when you need to see 5426the variable's decl in order to chose what to output. 5427@end defmac 5428 5429@node Label Output 5430@subsection Output and Generation of Labels 5431 5432@c prevent bad page break with this line 5433This is about outputting labels. 5434 5435@findex assemble_name 5436@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name}) 5437A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream 5438@var{stream} the assembler definition of a label named @var{name}. 5439Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to 5440output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional 5441assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline. A default 5442definition of this macro is provided which is correct for most systems. 5443@end defmac 5444 5445@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl}) 5446A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream 5447@var{stream} the assembler definition of a label named @var{name} of 5448a function. 5449Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to 5450output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional 5451assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline. A default 5452definition of this macro is provided which is correct for most systems. 5453 5454If this macro is not defined, then the function name is defined in the 5455usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}). 5456@end defmac 5457 5458@findex assemble_name_raw 5459@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name}) 5460Identical to @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}, except that @var{name} is known 5461to refer to a compiler-generated label. The default definition uses 5462@code{assemble_name_raw}, which is like @code{assemble_name} except 5463that it is more efficient. 5464@end defmac 5465 5466@defmac SIZE_ASM_OP 5467A C string containing the appropriate assembler directive to specify the 5468size of a symbol, without any arguments. On systems that use ELF, the 5469default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"\t.size\t"}; on other 5470systems, the default is not to define this macro. 5471 5472Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definitions 5473of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} and @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} 5474for your system. If you need your own custom definitions of those 5475macros, or if you do not need explicit symbol sizes at all, do not 5476define this macro. 5477@end defmac 5478 5479@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}) 5480A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream 5481@var{stream} a directive telling the assembler that the size of the 5482symbol @var{name} is @var{size}. @var{size} is a @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}. 5483If you define @code{SIZE_ASM_OP}, a default definition of this macro is 5484provided. 5485@end defmac 5486 5487@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name}) 5488A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream 5489@var{stream} a directive telling the assembler to calculate the size of 5490the symbol @var{name} by subtracting its address from the current 5491address. 5492 5493If you define @code{SIZE_ASM_OP}, a default definition of this macro is 5494provided. The default assumes that the assembler recognizes a special 5495@samp{.} symbol as referring to the current address, and can calculate 5496the difference between this and another symbol. If your assembler does 5497not recognize @samp{.} or cannot do calculations with it, you will need 5498to redefine @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} to use some other technique. 5499@end defmac 5500 5501@defmac NO_DOLLAR_IN_LABEL 5502Define this macro if the assembler does not accept the character 5503@samp{$} in label names. By default constructors and destructors in 5504G++ have @samp{$} in the identifiers. If this macro is defined, 5505@samp{.} is used instead. 5506@end defmac 5507 5508@defmac NO_DOT_IN_LABEL 5509Define this macro if the assembler does not accept the character 5510@samp{.} in label names. By default constructors and destructors in G++ 5511have names that use @samp{.}. If this macro is defined, these names 5512are rewritten to avoid @samp{.}. 5513@end defmac 5514 5515@defmac TYPE_ASM_OP 5516A C string containing the appropriate assembler directive to specify the 5517type of a symbol, without any arguments. On systems that use ELF, the 5518default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"\t.type\t"}; on other 5519systems, the default is not to define this macro. 5520 5521Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definition of 5522@code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} for your system. If you need your own 5523custom definition of this macro, or if you do not need explicit symbol 5524types at all, do not define this macro. 5525@end defmac 5526 5527@defmac TYPE_OPERAND_FMT 5528A C string which specifies (using @code{printf} syntax) the format of 5529the second operand to @code{TYPE_ASM_OP}. On systems that use ELF, the 5530default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"@@%s"}; on other systems, 5531the default is not to define this macro. 5532 5533Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definition of 5534@code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} for your system. If you need your own 5535custom definition of this macro, or if you do not need explicit symbol 5536types at all, do not define this macro. 5537@end defmac 5538 5539@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE (@var{stream}, @var{type}) 5540A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream 5541@var{stream} a directive telling the assembler that the type of the 5542symbol @var{name} is @var{type}. @var{type} is a C string; currently, 5543that string is always either @samp{"function"} or @samp{"object"}, but 5544you should not count on this. 5545 5546If you define @code{TYPE_ASM_OP} and @code{TYPE_OPERAND_FMT}, a default 5547definition of this macro is provided. 5548@end defmac 5549 5550@defmac ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl}) 5551A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream 5552@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of a 5553function which is being defined. This macro is responsible for 5554outputting the label definition (perhaps using 5555@code{ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL}). The argument @var{decl} is the 5556@code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node representing the function. 5557 5558If this macro is not defined, then the function name is defined in the 5559usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL}). 5560 5561You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition 5562of this macro. 5563@end defmac 5564 5565@defmac ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl}) 5566A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream 5567@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the size of a function 5568which is being defined. The argument @var{name} is the name of the 5569function. The argument @var{decl} is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node 5570representing the function. 5571 5572If this macro is not defined, then the function size is not defined. 5573 5574You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} in the definition 5575of this macro. 5576@end defmac 5577 5578@defmac ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl}) 5579A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream 5580@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of a 5581cold function partition which is being defined. This macro is responsible 5582for outputting the label definition (perhaps using 5583@code{ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL}). The argument @var{decl} is the 5584@code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node representing the function. 5585 5586If this macro is not defined, then the cold partition name is defined in the 5587usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}). 5588 5589You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition 5590of this macro. 5591@end defmac 5592 5593@defmac ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl}) 5594A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream 5595@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the size of a cold function 5596partition which is being defined. The argument @var{name} is the name of the 5597cold partition of the function. The argument @var{decl} is the 5598@code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node representing the function. 5599 5600If this macro is not defined, then the partition size is not defined. 5601 5602You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} in the definition 5603of this macro. 5604@end defmac 5605 5606@defmac ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl}) 5607A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream 5608@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of an 5609initialized variable which is being defined. This macro must output the 5610label definition (perhaps using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}). The argument 5611@var{decl} is the @code{VAR_DECL} tree node representing the variable. 5612 5613If this macro is not defined, then the variable name is defined in the 5614usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}). 5615 5616You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} and/or 5617@code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition of this macro. 5618@end defmac 5619 5620@hook TARGET_ASM_DECLARE_CONSTANT_NAME 5621 5622@defmac ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{regno}, @var{name}) 5623A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream 5624@var{stream} any text necessary for claiming a register @var{regno} 5625for a global variable @var{decl} with name @var{name}. 5626 5627If you don't define this macro, that is equivalent to defining it to do 5628nothing. 5629@end defmac 5630 5631@defmac ASM_FINISH_DECLARE_OBJECT (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{toplevel}, @var{atend}) 5632A C statement (sans semicolon) to finish up declaring a variable name 5633once the compiler has processed its initializer fully and thus has had a 5634chance to determine the size of an array when controlled by an 5635initializer. This is used on systems where it's necessary to declare 5636something about the size of the object. 5637 5638If you don't define this macro, that is equivalent to defining it to do 5639nothing. 5640 5641You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} and/or 5642@code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} in the definition of this macro. 5643@end defmac 5644 5645@hook TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL 5646 5647@hook TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_DECL_NAME 5648 5649@hook TARGET_ASM_ASSEMBLE_UNDEFINED_DECL 5650 5651@defmac ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name}) 5652A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream 5653@var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} weak; 5654that is, available for reference from other files but only used if 5655no other definition is available. Use the expression 5656@code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to output the name 5657itself; before and after that, output the additional assembler syntax 5658for making that name weak, and a newline. 5659 5660If you don't define this macro or @code{ASM_WEAKEN_DECL}, GCC will not 5661support weak symbols and you should not define the @code{SUPPORTS_WEAK} 5662macro. 5663@end defmac 5664 5665@defmac ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{value}) 5666Combines (and replaces) the function of @code{ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL} and 5667@code{ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS}, allowing access to the associated function 5668or variable decl. If @var{value} is not @code{NULL}, this C statement 5669should output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code which 5670defines (equates) the weak symbol @var{name} to have the value 5671@var{value}. If @var{value} is @code{NULL}, it should output commands 5672to make @var{name} weak. 5673@end defmac 5674 5675@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{value}) 5676Outputs a directive that enables @var{name} to be used to refer to 5677symbol @var{value} with weak-symbol semantics. @code{decl} is the 5678declaration of @code{name}. 5679@end defmac 5680 5681@defmac SUPPORTS_WEAK 5682A preprocessor constant expression which evaluates to true if the target 5683supports weak symbols. 5684 5685If you don't define this macro, @file{defaults.h} provides a default 5686definition. If either @code{ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL} or @code{ASM_WEAKEN_DECL} 5687is defined, the default definition is @samp{1}; otherwise, it is @samp{0}. 5688@end defmac 5689 5690@defmac TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK 5691A C expression which evaluates to true if the target supports weak symbols. 5692 5693If you don't define this macro, @file{defaults.h} provides a default 5694definition. The default definition is @samp{(SUPPORTS_WEAK)}. Define 5695this macro if you want to control weak symbol support with a compiler 5696flag such as @option{-melf}. 5697@end defmac 5698 5699@defmac MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY (@var{decl}) 5700A C statement (sans semicolon) to mark @var{decl} to be emitted as a 5701public symbol such that extra copies in multiple translation units will 5702be discarded by the linker. Define this macro if your object file 5703format provides support for this concept, such as the @samp{COMDAT} 5704section flags in the Microsoft Windows PE/COFF format, and this support 5705requires changes to @var{decl}, such as putting it in a separate section. 5706@end defmac 5707 5708@defmac SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY 5709A C expression which evaluates to true if the target supports one-only 5710semantics. 5711 5712If you don't define this macro, @file{varasm.c} provides a default 5713definition. If @code{MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY} is defined, the default 5714definition is @samp{1}; otherwise, it is @samp{0}. Define this macro if 5715you want to control one-only symbol support with a compiler flag, or if 5716setting the @code{DECL_ONE_ONLY} flag is enough to mark a declaration to 5717be emitted as one-only. 5718@end defmac 5719 5720@hook TARGET_ASM_ASSEMBLE_VISIBILITY 5721 5722@defmac TARGET_WEAK_NOT_IN_ARCHIVE_TOC 5723A C expression that evaluates to true if the target's linker expects 5724that weak symbols do not appear in a static archive's table of contents. 5725The default is @code{0}. 5726 5727Leaving weak symbols out of an archive's table of contents means that, 5728if a symbol will only have a definition in one translation unit and 5729will have undefined references from other translation units, that 5730symbol should not be weak. Defining this macro to be nonzero will 5731thus have the effect that certain symbols that would normally be weak 5732(explicit template instantiations, and vtables for polymorphic classes 5733with noninline key methods) will instead be nonweak. 5734 5735The C++ ABI requires this macro to be zero. Define this macro for 5736targets where full C++ ABI compliance is impossible and where linker 5737restrictions require weak symbols to be left out of a static archive's 5738table of contents. 5739@end defmac 5740 5741@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}) 5742A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream 5743@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name of an external 5744symbol named @var{name} which is referenced in this compilation but 5745not defined. The value of @var{decl} is the tree node for the 5746declaration. 5747 5748This macro need not be defined if it does not need to output anything. 5749The GNU assembler and most Unix assemblers don't require anything. 5750@end defmac 5751 5752@hook TARGET_ASM_EXTERNAL_LIBCALL 5753 5754@hook TARGET_ASM_MARK_DECL_PRESERVED 5755 5756@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF (@var{stream}, @var{name}) 5757A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream 5758@var{stream} a reference in assembler syntax to a label named 5759@var{name}. This should add @samp{_} to the front of the name, if that 5760is customary on your operating system, as it is in most Berkeley Unix 5761systems. This macro is used in @code{assemble_name}. 5762@end defmac 5763 5764@hook TARGET_MANGLE_ASSEMBLER_NAME 5765 5766@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SYMBOL_REF (@var{stream}, @var{sym}) 5767A C statement (sans semicolon) to output a reference to 5768@code{SYMBOL_REF} @var{sym}. If not defined, @code{assemble_name} 5769will be used to output the name of the symbol. This macro may be used 5770to modify the way a symbol is referenced depending on information 5771encoded by @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}. 5772@end defmac 5773 5774@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL_REF (@var{stream}, @var{buf}) 5775A C statement (sans semicolon) to output a reference to @var{buf}, the 5776result of @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}. If not defined, 5777@code{assemble_name} will be used to output the name of the symbol. 5778This macro is not used by @code{output_asm_label}, or the @code{%l} 5779specifier that calls it; the intention is that this macro should be set 5780when it is necessary to output a label differently when its address is 5781being taken. 5782@end defmac 5783 5784@hook TARGET_ASM_INTERNAL_LABEL 5785 5786@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{prefix}, @var{num}) 5787A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a debug info 5788label whose name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number 5789@var{num}. This is useful for VLIW targets, where debug info labels 5790may need to be treated differently than branch target labels. On some 5791systems, branch target labels must be at the beginning of instruction 5792bundles, but debug info labels can occur in the middle of instruction 5793bundles. 5794 5795If this macro is not defined, then @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} will be 5796used. 5797@end defmac 5798 5799@defmac ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (@var{string}, @var{prefix}, @var{num}) 5800A C statement to store into the string @var{string} a label whose name 5801is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{num}. 5802 5803This string, when output subsequently by @code{assemble_name}, should 5804produce the output that @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} would produce 5805with the same @var{prefix} and @var{num}. 5806 5807If the string begins with @samp{*}, then @code{assemble_name} will 5808output the rest of the string unchanged. It is often convenient for 5809@code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL} to use @samp{*} in this way. If the 5810string doesn't start with @samp{*}, then @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} gets 5811to output the string, and may change it. (Of course, 5812@code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} is also part of your machine description, so 5813you should know what it does on your machine.) 5814@end defmac 5815 5816@defmac ASM_FORMAT_PRIVATE_NAME (@var{outvar}, @var{name}, @var{number}) 5817A C expression to assign to @var{outvar} (which is a variable of type 5818@code{char *}) a newly allocated string made from the string 5819@var{name} and the number @var{number}, with some suitable punctuation 5820added. Use @code{alloca} to get space for the string. 5821 5822The string will be used as an argument to @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} to 5823produce an assembler label for an internal static variable whose name is 5824@var{name}. Therefore, the string must be such as to result in valid 5825assembler code. The argument @var{number} is different each time this 5826macro is executed; it prevents conflicts between similarly-named 5827internal static variables in different scopes. 5828 5829Ideally this string should not be a valid C identifier, to prevent any 5830conflict with the user's own symbols. Most assemblers allow periods 5831or percent signs in assembler symbols; putting at least one of these 5832between the name and the number will suffice. 5833 5834If this macro is not defined, a default definition will be provided 5835which is correct for most systems. 5836@end defmac 5837 5838@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{value}) 5839A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code 5840which defines (equates) the symbol @var{name} to have the value @var{value}. 5841 5842@findex SET_ASM_OP 5843If @code{SET_ASM_OP} is defined, a default definition is provided which is 5844correct for most systems. 5845@end defmac 5846 5847@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS (@var{stream}, @var{decl_of_name}, @var{decl_of_value}) 5848A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code 5849which defines (equates) the symbol whose tree node is @var{decl_of_name} 5850to have the value of the tree node @var{decl_of_value}. This macro will 5851be used in preference to @samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} if it is defined and if 5852the tree nodes are available. 5853 5854@findex SET_ASM_OP 5855If @code{SET_ASM_OP} is defined, a default definition is provided which is 5856correct for most systems. 5857@end defmac 5858 5859@defmac TARGET_DEFERRED_OUTPUT_DEFS (@var{decl_of_name}, @var{decl_of_value}) 5860A C statement that evaluates to true if the assembler code which defines 5861(equates) the symbol whose tree node is @var{decl_of_name} to have the value 5862of the tree node @var{decl_of_value} should be emitted near the end of the 5863current compilation unit. The default is to not defer output of defines. 5864This macro affects defines output by @samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} and 5865@samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS}. 5866@end defmac 5867 5868@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{value}) 5869A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code 5870which defines (equates) the weak symbol @var{name} to have the value 5871@var{value}. If @var{value} is @code{NULL}, it defines @var{name} as 5872an undefined weak symbol. 5873 5874Define this macro if the target only supports weak aliases; define 5875@code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} instead if possible. 5876@end defmac 5877 5878@defmac OBJC_GEN_METHOD_LABEL (@var{buf}, @var{is_inst}, @var{class_name}, @var{cat_name}, @var{sel_name}) 5879Define this macro to override the default assembler names used for 5880Objective-C methods. 5881 5882The default name is a unique method number followed by the name of the 5883class (e.g.@: @samp{_1_Foo}). For methods in categories, the name of 5884the category is also included in the assembler name (e.g.@: 5885@samp{_1_Foo_Bar}). 5886 5887These names are safe on most systems, but make debugging difficult since 5888the method's selector is not present in the name. Therefore, particular 5889systems define other ways of computing names. 5890 5891@var{buf} is an expression of type @code{char *} which gives you a 5892buffer in which to store the name; its length is as long as 5893@var{class_name}, @var{cat_name} and @var{sel_name} put together, plus 589450 characters extra. 5895 5896The argument @var{is_inst} specifies whether the method is an instance 5897method or a class method; @var{class_name} is the name of the class; 5898@var{cat_name} is the name of the category (or @code{NULL} if the method is not 5899in a category); and @var{sel_name} is the name of the selector. 5900 5901On systems where the assembler can handle quoted names, you can use this 5902macro to provide more human-readable names. 5903@end defmac 5904 5905@node Initialization 5906@subsection How Initialization Functions Are Handled 5907@cindex initialization routines 5908@cindex termination routines 5909@cindex constructors, output of 5910@cindex destructors, output of 5911 5912The compiled code for certain languages includes @dfn{constructors} 5913(also called @dfn{initialization routines})---functions to initialize 5914data in the program when the program is started. These functions need 5915to be called before the program is ``started''---that is to say, before 5916@code{main} is called. 5917 5918Compiling some languages generates @dfn{destructors} (also called 5919@dfn{termination routines}) that should be called when the program 5920terminates. 5921 5922To make the initialization and termination functions work, the compiler 5923must output something in the assembler code to cause those functions to 5924be called at the appropriate time. When you port the compiler to a new 5925system, you need to specify how to do this. 5926 5927There are two major ways that GCC currently supports the execution of 5928initialization and termination functions. Each way has two variants. 5929Much of the structure is common to all four variations. 5930 5931@findex __CTOR_LIST__ 5932@findex __DTOR_LIST__ 5933The linker must build two lists of these functions---a list of 5934initialization functions, called @code{__CTOR_LIST__}, and a list of 5935termination functions, called @code{__DTOR_LIST__}. 5936 5937Each list always begins with an ignored function pointer (which may hold 59380, @minus{}1, or a count of the function pointers after it, depending on 5939the environment). This is followed by a series of zero or more function 5940pointers to constructors (or destructors), followed by a function 5941pointer containing zero. 5942 5943Depending on the operating system and its executable file format, either 5944@file{crtstuff.c} or @file{libgcc2.c} traverses these lists at startup 5945time and exit time. Constructors are called in reverse order of the 5946list; destructors in forward order. 5947 5948The best way to handle static constructors works only for object file 5949formats which provide arbitrarily-named sections. A section is set 5950aside for a list of constructors, and another for a list of destructors. 5951Traditionally these are called @samp{.ctors} and @samp{.dtors}. Each 5952object file that defines an initialization function also puts a word in 5953the constructor section to point to that function. The linker 5954accumulates all these words into one contiguous @samp{.ctors} section. 5955Termination functions are handled similarly. 5956 5957This method will be chosen as the default by @file{target-def.h} if 5958@code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION} is defined. A target that does not 5959support arbitrary sections, but does support special designated 5960constructor and destructor sections may define @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP} 5961and @code{DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP} to achieve the same effect. 5962 5963When arbitrary sections are available, there are two variants, depending 5964upon how the code in @file{crtstuff.c} is called. On systems that 5965support a @dfn{.init} section which is executed at program startup, 5966parts of @file{crtstuff.c} are compiled into that section. The 5967program is linked by the @command{gcc} driver like this: 5968 5969@smallexample 5970ld -o @var{output_file} crti.o crtbegin.o @dots{} -lgcc crtend.o crtn.o 5971@end smallexample 5972 5973The prologue of a function (@code{__init}) appears in the @code{.init} 5974section of @file{crti.o}; the epilogue appears in @file{crtn.o}. Likewise 5975for the function @code{__fini} in the @dfn{.fini} section. Normally these 5976files are provided by the operating system or by the GNU C library, but 5977are provided by GCC for a few targets. 5978 5979The objects @file{crtbegin.o} and @file{crtend.o} are (for most targets) 5980compiled from @file{crtstuff.c}. They contain, among other things, code 5981fragments within the @code{.init} and @code{.fini} sections that branch 5982to routines in the @code{.text} section. The linker will pull all parts 5983of a section together, which results in a complete @code{__init} function 5984that invokes the routines we need at startup. 5985 5986To use this variant, you must define the @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP} 5987macro properly. 5988 5989If no init section is available, when GCC compiles any function called 5990@code{main} (or more accurately, any function designated as a program 5991entry point by the language front end calling @code{expand_main_function}), 5992it inserts a procedure call to @code{__main} as the first executable code 5993after the function prologue. The @code{__main} function is defined 5994in @file{libgcc2.c} and runs the global constructors. 5995 5996In file formats that don't support arbitrary sections, there are again 5997two variants. In the simplest variant, the GNU linker (GNU @code{ld}) 5998and an `a.out' format must be used. In this case, 5999@code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} is defined to produce a @code{.stabs} 6000entry of type @samp{N_SETT}, referencing the name @code{__CTOR_LIST__}, 6001and with the address of the void function containing the initialization 6002code as its value. The GNU linker recognizes this as a request to add 6003the value to a @dfn{set}; the values are accumulated, and are eventually 6004placed in the executable as a vector in the format described above, with 6005a leading (ignored) count and a trailing zero element. 6006@code{TARGET_ASM_DESTRUCTOR} is handled similarly. Since no init 6007section is available, the absence of @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP} causes 6008the compilation of @code{main} to call @code{__main} as above, starting 6009the initialization process. 6010 6011The last variant uses neither arbitrary sections nor the GNU linker. 6012This is preferable when you want to do dynamic linking and when using 6013file formats which the GNU linker does not support, such as `ECOFF'@. In 6014this case, @code{TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS} is false, initialization and 6015termination functions are recognized simply by their names. This requires 6016an extra program in the linkage step, called @command{collect2}. This program 6017pretends to be the linker, for use with GCC; it does its job by running 6018the ordinary linker, but also arranges to include the vectors of 6019initialization and termination functions. These functions are called 6020via @code{__main} as described above. In order to use this method, 6021@code{use_collect2} must be defined in the target in @file{config.gcc}. 6022 6023@ifinfo 6024The following section describes the specific macros that control and 6025customize the handling of initialization and termination functions. 6026@end ifinfo 6027 6028@node Macros for Initialization 6029@subsection Macros Controlling Initialization Routines 6030 6031Here are the macros that control how the compiler handles initialization 6032and termination functions: 6033 6034@defmac INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP 6035If defined, a C string constant, including spacing, for the assembler 6036operation to identify the following data as initialization code. If not 6037defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist. When you are 6038using special sections for initialization and termination functions, this 6039macro also controls how @file{crtstuff.c} and @file{libgcc2.c} arrange to 6040run the initialization functions. 6041@end defmac 6042 6043@defmac HAS_INIT_SECTION 6044If defined, @code{main} will not call @code{__main} as described above. 6045This macro should be defined for systems that control start-up code 6046on a symbol-by-symbol basis, such as OSF/1, and should not 6047be defined explicitly for systems that support @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}. 6048@end defmac 6049 6050@defmac LD_INIT_SWITCH 6051If defined, a C string constant for a switch that tells the linker that 6052the following symbol is an initialization routine. 6053@end defmac 6054 6055@defmac LD_FINI_SWITCH 6056If defined, a C string constant for a switch that tells the linker that 6057the following symbol is a finalization routine. 6058@end defmac 6059 6060@defmac COLLECT_SHARED_INIT_FUNC (@var{stream}, @var{func}) 6061If defined, a C statement that will write a function that can be 6062automatically called when a shared library is loaded. The function 6063should call @var{func}, which takes no arguments. If not defined, and 6064the object format requires an explicit initialization function, then a 6065function called @code{_GLOBAL__DI} will be generated. 6066 6067This function and the following one are used by collect2 when linking a 6068shared library that needs constructors or destructors, or has DWARF2 6069exception tables embedded in the code. 6070@end defmac 6071 6072@defmac COLLECT_SHARED_FINI_FUNC (@var{stream}, @var{func}) 6073If defined, a C statement that will write a function that can be 6074automatically called when a shared library is unloaded. The function 6075should call @var{func}, which takes no arguments. If not defined, and 6076the object format requires an explicit finalization function, then a 6077function called @code{_GLOBAL__DD} will be generated. 6078@end defmac 6079 6080@defmac INVOKE__main 6081If defined, @code{main} will call @code{__main} despite the presence of 6082@code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}. This macro should be defined for systems 6083where the init section is not actually run automatically, but is still 6084useful for collecting the lists of constructors and destructors. 6085@end defmac 6086 6087@defmac SUPPORTS_INIT_PRIORITY 6088If nonzero, the C++ @code{init_priority} attribute is supported and the 6089compiler should emit instructions to control the order of initialization 6090of objects. If zero, the compiler will issue an error message upon 6091encountering an @code{init_priority} attribute. 6092@end defmac 6093 6094@hook TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS 6095 6096@hook TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR 6097 6098@hook TARGET_ASM_DESTRUCTOR 6099 6100If @code{TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS} is true, the initialization routine 6101generated for the generated object file will have static linkage. 6102 6103If your system uses @command{collect2} as the means of processing 6104constructors, then that program normally uses @command{nm} to scan 6105an object file for constructor functions to be called. 6106 6107On certain kinds of systems, you can define this macro to make 6108@command{collect2} work faster (and, in some cases, make it work at all): 6109 6110@defmac OBJECT_FORMAT_COFF 6111Define this macro if the system uses COFF (Common Object File Format) 6112object files, so that @command{collect2} can assume this format and scan 6113object files directly for dynamic constructor/destructor functions. 6114 6115This macro is effective only in a native compiler; @command{collect2} as 6116part of a cross compiler always uses @command{nm} for the target machine. 6117@end defmac 6118 6119@defmac REAL_NM_FILE_NAME 6120Define this macro as a C string constant containing the file name to use 6121to execute @command{nm}. The default is to search the path normally for 6122@command{nm}. 6123@end defmac 6124 6125@defmac NM_FLAGS 6126@command{collect2} calls @command{nm} to scan object files for static 6127constructors and destructors and LTO info. By default, @option{-n} is 6128passed. Define @code{NM_FLAGS} to a C string constant if other options 6129are needed to get the same output format as GNU @command{nm -n} 6130produces. 6131@end defmac 6132 6133If your system supports shared libraries and has a program to list the 6134dynamic dependencies of a given library or executable, you can define 6135these macros to enable support for running initialization and 6136termination functions in shared libraries: 6137 6138@defmac LDD_SUFFIX 6139Define this macro to a C string constant containing the name of the program 6140which lists dynamic dependencies, like @command{ldd} under SunOS 4. 6141@end defmac 6142 6143@defmac PARSE_LDD_OUTPUT (@var{ptr}) 6144Define this macro to be C code that extracts filenames from the output 6145of the program denoted by @code{LDD_SUFFIX}. @var{ptr} is a variable 6146of type @code{char *} that points to the beginning of a line of output 6147from @code{LDD_SUFFIX}. If the line lists a dynamic dependency, the 6148code must advance @var{ptr} to the beginning of the filename on that 6149line. Otherwise, it must set @var{ptr} to @code{NULL}. 6150@end defmac 6151 6152@defmac SHLIB_SUFFIX 6153Define this macro to a C string constant containing the default shared 6154library extension of the target (e.g., @samp{".so"}). @command{collect2} 6155strips version information after this suffix when generating global 6156constructor and destructor names. This define is only needed on targets 6157that use @command{collect2} to process constructors and destructors. 6158@end defmac 6159 6160@node Instruction Output 6161@subsection Output of Assembler Instructions 6162 6163@c prevent bad page break with this line 6164This describes assembler instruction output. 6165 6166@defmac REGISTER_NAMES 6167A C initializer containing the assembler's names for the machine 6168registers, each one as a C string constant. This is what translates 6169register numbers in the compiler into assembler language. 6170@end defmac 6171 6172@defmac ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES 6173If defined, a C initializer for an array of structures containing a name 6174and a register number. This macro defines additional names for hard 6175registers, thus allowing the @code{asm} option in declarations to refer 6176to registers using alternate names. 6177@end defmac 6178 6179@defmac OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES 6180If defined, a C initializer for an array of structures containing a 6181name, a register number and a count of the number of consecutive 6182machine registers the name overlaps. This macro defines additional 6183names for hard registers, thus allowing the @code{asm} option in 6184declarations to refer to registers using alternate names. Unlike 6185@code{ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES}, this macro should be used when the 6186register name implies multiple underlying registers. 6187 6188This macro should be used when it is important that a clobber in an 6189@code{asm} statement clobbers all the underlying values implied by the 6190register name. For example, on ARM, clobbering the double-precision 6191VFP register ``d0'' implies clobbering both single-precision registers 6192``s0'' and ``s1''. 6193@end defmac 6194 6195@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE (@var{stream}, @var{ptr}) 6196Define this macro if you are using an unusual assembler that 6197requires different names for the machine instructions. 6198 6199The definition is a C statement or statements which output an 6200assembler instruction opcode to the stdio stream @var{stream}. The 6201macro-operand @var{ptr} is a variable of type @code{char *} which 6202points to the opcode name in its ``internal'' form---the form that is 6203written in the machine description. The definition should output the 6204opcode name to @var{stream}, performing any translation you desire, and 6205increment the variable @var{ptr} to point at the end of the opcode 6206so that it will not be output twice. 6207 6208In fact, your macro definition may process less than the entire opcode 6209name, or more than the opcode name; but if you want to process text 6210that includes @samp{%}-sequences to substitute operands, you must take 6211care of the substitution yourself. Just be sure to increment 6212@var{ptr} over whatever text should not be output normally. 6213 6214@findex recog_data.operand 6215If you need to look at the operand values, they can be found as the 6216elements of @code{recog_data.operand}. 6217 6218If the macro definition does nothing, the instruction is output 6219in the usual way. 6220@end defmac 6221 6222@defmac FINAL_PRESCAN_INSN (@var{insn}, @var{opvec}, @var{noperands}) 6223If defined, a C statement to be executed just prior to the output of 6224assembler code for @var{insn}, to modify the extracted operands so 6225they will be output differently. 6226 6227Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands 6228extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of 6229elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn. 6230The contents of this vector are what will be used to convert the insn 6231template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler output 6232by changing the contents of the vector. 6233 6234This macro is useful when various assembler syntaxes share a single 6235file of instruction patterns; by defining this macro differently, you 6236can cause a large class of instructions to be output differently (such 6237as with rearranged operands). Naturally, variations in assembler 6238syntax affecting individual insn patterns ought to be handled by 6239writing conditional output routines in those patterns. 6240 6241If this macro is not defined, it is equivalent to a null statement. 6242@end defmac 6243 6244@hook TARGET_ASM_FINAL_POSTSCAN_INSN 6245 6246@defmac PRINT_OPERAND (@var{stream}, @var{x}, @var{code}) 6247A C compound statement to output to stdio stream @var{stream} the 6248assembler syntax for an instruction operand @var{x}. @var{x} is an 6249RTL expression. 6250 6251@var{code} is a value that can be used to specify one of several ways 6252of printing the operand. It is used when identical operands must be 6253printed differently depending on the context. @var{code} comes from 6254the @samp{%} specification that was used to request printing of the 6255operand. If the specification was just @samp{%@var{digit}} then 6256@var{code} is 0; if the specification was @samp{%@var{ltr} 6257@var{digit}} then @var{code} is the ASCII code for @var{ltr}. 6258 6259@findex reg_names 6260If @var{x} is a register, this macro should print the register's name. 6261The names can be found in an array @code{reg_names} whose type is 6262@code{char *[]}. @code{reg_names} is initialized from 6263@code{REGISTER_NAMES}. 6264 6265When the machine description has a specification @samp{%@var{punct}} 6266(a @samp{%} followed by a punctuation character), this macro is called 6267with a null pointer for @var{x} and the punctuation character for 6268@var{code}. 6269@end defmac 6270 6271@defmac PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P (@var{code}) 6272A C expression which evaluates to true if @var{code} is a valid 6273punctuation character for use in the @code{PRINT_OPERAND} macro. If 6274@code{PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P} is not defined, it means that no 6275punctuation characters (except for the standard one, @samp{%}) are used 6276in this way. 6277@end defmac 6278 6279@defmac PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS (@var{stream}, @var{x}) 6280A C compound statement to output to stdio stream @var{stream} the 6281assembler syntax for an instruction operand that is a memory reference 6282whose address is @var{x}. @var{x} is an RTL expression. 6283 6284@cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} usage 6285On some machines, the syntax for a symbolic address depends on the 6286section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the hook 6287@code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information into the 6288@code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. @xref{Assembler 6289Format}. 6290@end defmac 6291 6292@findex dbr_sequence_length 6293@defmac DBR_OUTPUT_SEQEND (@var{file}) 6294A C statement, to be executed after all slot-filler instructions have 6295been output. If necessary, call @code{dbr_sequence_length} to 6296determine the number of slots filled in a sequence (zero if not 6297currently outputting a sequence), to decide how many no-ops to output, 6298or whatever. 6299 6300Don't define this macro if it has nothing to do, but it is helpful in 6301reading assembly output if the extent of the delay sequence is made 6302explicit (e.g.@: with white space). 6303@end defmac 6304 6305@findex final_sequence 6306Note that output routines for instructions with delay slots must be 6307prepared to deal with not being output as part of a sequence 6308(i.e.@: when the scheduling pass is not run, or when no slot fillers could be 6309found.) The variable @code{final_sequence} is null when not 6310processing a sequence, otherwise it contains the @code{sequence} rtx 6311being output. 6312 6313@findex asm_fprintf 6314@defmac REGISTER_PREFIX 6315@defmacx LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX 6316@defmacx USER_LABEL_PREFIX 6317@defmacx IMMEDIATE_PREFIX 6318If defined, C string expressions to be used for the @samp{%R}, @samp{%L}, 6319@samp{%U}, and @samp{%I} options of @code{asm_fprintf} (see 6320@file{final.c}). These are useful when a single @file{md} file must 6321support multiple assembler formats. In that case, the various @file{tm.h} 6322files can define these macros differently. 6323@end defmac 6324 6325@defmac ASM_FPRINTF_EXTENSIONS (@var{file}, @var{argptr}, @var{format}) 6326If defined this macro should expand to a series of @code{case} 6327statements which will be parsed inside the @code{switch} statement of 6328the @code{asm_fprintf} function. This allows targets to define extra 6329printf formats which may useful when generating their assembler 6330statements. Note that uppercase letters are reserved for future 6331generic extensions to asm_fprintf, and so are not available to target 6332specific code. The output file is given by the parameter @var{file}. 6333The varargs input pointer is @var{argptr} and the rest of the format 6334string, starting the character after the one that is being switched 6335upon, is pointed to by @var{format}. 6336@end defmac 6337 6338@defmac ASSEMBLER_DIALECT 6339If your target supports multiple dialects of assembler language (such as 6340different opcodes), define this macro as a C expression that gives the 6341numeric index of the assembler language dialect to use, with zero as the 6342first variant. 6343 6344If this macro is defined, you may use constructs of the form 6345@smallexample 6346@samp{@{option0|option1|option2@dots{}@}} 6347@end smallexample 6348@noindent 6349in the output templates of patterns (@pxref{Output Template}) or in the 6350first argument of @code{asm_fprintf}. This construct outputs 6351@samp{option0}, @samp{option1}, @samp{option2}, etc., if the value of 6352@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT} is zero, one, two, etc. Any special characters 6353within these strings retain their usual meaning. If there are fewer 6354alternatives within the braces than the value of 6355@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT}, the construct outputs nothing. If it's needed 6356to print curly braces or @samp{|} character in assembler output directly, 6357@samp{%@{}, @samp{%@}} and @samp{%|} can be used. 6358 6359If you do not define this macro, the characters @samp{@{}, @samp{|} and 6360@samp{@}} do not have any special meaning when used in templates or 6361operands to @code{asm_fprintf}. 6362 6363Define the macros @code{REGISTER_PREFIX}, @code{LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX}, 6364@code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX} and @code{IMMEDIATE_PREFIX} if you can express 6365the variations in assembler language syntax with that mechanism. Define 6366@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT} and use the @samp{@{option0|option1@}} syntax 6367if the syntax variant are larger and involve such things as different 6368opcodes or operand order. 6369@end defmac 6370 6371@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_REG_PUSH (@var{stream}, @var{regno}) 6372A C expression to output to @var{stream} some assembler code 6373which will push hard register number @var{regno} onto the stack. 6374The code need not be optimal, since this macro is used only when 6375profiling. 6376@end defmac 6377 6378@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_REG_POP (@var{stream}, @var{regno}) 6379A C expression to output to @var{stream} some assembler code 6380which will pop hard register number @var{regno} off of the stack. 6381The code need not be optimal, since this macro is used only when 6382profiling. 6383@end defmac 6384 6385@node Dispatch Tables 6386@subsection Output of Dispatch Tables 6387 6388@c prevent bad page break with this line 6389This concerns dispatch tables. 6390 6391@cindex dispatch table 6392@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_DIFF_ELT (@var{stream}, @var{body}, @var{value}, @var{rel}) 6393A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler 6394pseudo-instruction to generate a difference between two labels. 6395@var{value} and @var{rel} are the numbers of two internal labels. The 6396definitions of these labels are output using 6397@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}, and they must be printed in the same 6398way here. For example, 6399 6400@smallexample 6401fprintf (@var{stream}, "\t.word L%d-L%d\n", 6402 @var{value}, @var{rel}) 6403@end smallexample 6404 6405You must provide this macro on machines where the addresses in a 6406dispatch table are relative to the table's own address. If defined, GCC 6407will also use this macro on all machines when producing PIC@. 6408@var{body} is the body of the @code{ADDR_DIFF_VEC}; it is provided so that the 6409mode and flags can be read. 6410@end defmac 6411 6412@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_ELT (@var{stream}, @var{value}) 6413This macro should be provided on machines where the addresses 6414in a dispatch table are absolute. 6415 6416The definition should be a C statement to output to the stdio stream 6417@var{stream} an assembler pseudo-instruction to generate a reference to 6418a label. @var{value} is the number of an internal label whose 6419definition is output using @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}. 6420For example, 6421 6422@smallexample 6423fprintf (@var{stream}, "\t.word L%d\n", @var{value}) 6424@end smallexample 6425@end defmac 6426 6427@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{prefix}, @var{num}, @var{table}) 6428Define this if the label before a jump-table needs to be output 6429specially. The first three arguments are the same as for 6430@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}; the fourth argument is the 6431jump-table which follows (a @code{jump_table_data} containing an 6432@code{addr_vec} or @code{addr_diff_vec}). 6433 6434This feature is used on system V to output a @code{swbeg} statement 6435for the table. 6436 6437If this macro is not defined, these labels are output with 6438@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}. 6439@end defmac 6440 6441@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_END (@var{stream}, @var{num}, @var{table}) 6442Define this if something special must be output at the end of a 6443jump-table. The definition should be a C statement to be executed 6444after the assembler code for the table is written. It should write 6445the appropriate code to stdio stream @var{stream}. The argument 6446@var{table} is the jump-table insn, and @var{num} is the label-number 6447of the preceding label. 6448 6449If this macro is not defined, nothing special is output at the end of 6450the jump-table. 6451@end defmac 6452 6453@hook TARGET_ASM_POST_CFI_STARTPROC 6454 6455@hook TARGET_ASM_EMIT_UNWIND_LABEL 6456 6457@hook TARGET_ASM_EMIT_EXCEPT_TABLE_LABEL 6458 6459@hook TARGET_ASM_EMIT_EXCEPT_PERSONALITY 6460 6461@hook TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT 6462 6463@hook TARGET_ASM_MAKE_EH_SYMBOL_INDIRECT 6464 6465@hook TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT_BEFORE_INSN 6466 6467@hook TARGET_ASM_SHOULD_RESTORE_CFA_STATE 6468 6469@node Exception Region Output 6470@subsection Assembler Commands for Exception Regions 6471 6472@c prevent bad page break with this line 6473 6474This describes commands marking the start and the end of an exception 6475region. 6476 6477@defmac EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME 6478If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing 6479exception handling frame unwind information. If not defined, GCC will 6480provide a default definition if the target supports named sections. 6481@file{crtstuff.c} uses this macro to switch to the appropriate section. 6482 6483You should define this symbol if your target supports DWARF 2 frame 6484unwind information and the default definition does not work. 6485@end defmac 6486 6487@defmac EH_FRAME_THROUGH_COLLECT2 6488If defined, DWARF 2 frame unwind information will identified by 6489specially named labels. The collect2 process will locate these 6490labels and generate code to register the frames. 6491 6492This might be necessary, for instance, if the system linker will not 6493place the eh_frames in-between the sentinals from @file{crtstuff.c}, 6494or if the system linker does garbage collection and sections cannot 6495be marked as not to be collected. 6496@end defmac 6497 6498@defmac EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY 6499Define this macro to 1 if your target is such that no frame unwind 6500information encoding used with non-PIC code will ever require a 6501runtime relocation, but the linker may not support merging read-only 6502and read-write sections into a single read-write section. 6503@end defmac 6504 6505@defmac MASK_RETURN_ADDR 6506An rtx used to mask the return address found via @code{RETURN_ADDR_RTX}, so 6507that it does not contain any extraneous set bits in it. 6508@end defmac 6509 6510@defmac DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO 6511Define this macro to 0 if your target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind 6512information, but it does not yet work with exception handling. 6513Otherwise, if your target supports this information (if it defines 6514@code{INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and @code{OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF}), 6515GCC will provide a default definition of 1. 6516@end defmac 6517 6518@hook TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO 6519This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for exception handling 6520by the target. If the target has ABI specified unwind tables, the hook 6521should return @code{UI_TARGET}. If the target is to use the 6522@code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based exception handling scheme, the hook 6523should return @code{UI_SJLJ}. If the target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind 6524information, the hook should return @code{UI_DWARF2}. 6525 6526A target may, if exceptions are disabled, choose to return @code{UI_NONE}. 6527This may end up simplifying other parts of target-specific code. The 6528default implementation of this hook never returns @code{UI_NONE}. 6529 6530Note that the value returned by this hook should be constant. It should 6531not depend on anything except the command-line switches described by 6532@var{opts}. In particular, the 6533setting @code{UI_SJLJ} must be fixed at compiler start-up as C pre-processor 6534macros and builtin functions related to exception handling are set up 6535depending on this setting. 6536 6537The default implementation of the hook first honors the 6538@option{--enable-sjlj-exceptions} configure option, then 6539@code{DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO}, and finally defaults to @code{UI_SJLJ}. If 6540@code{DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO} depends on command-line options, the target 6541must define this hook so that @var{opts} is used correctly. 6542@end deftypefn 6543 6544@hook TARGET_UNWIND_TABLES_DEFAULT 6545This variable should be set to @code{true} if the target ABI requires unwinding 6546tables even when exceptions are not used. It must not be modified by 6547command-line option processing. 6548@end deftypevr 6549 6550@defmac DONT_USE_BUILTIN_SETJMP 6551Define this macro to 1 if the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based scheme 6552should use the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp} functions from the C library 6553instead of the @code{__builtin_setjmp}/@code{__builtin_longjmp} machinery. 6554@end defmac 6555 6556@defmac JMP_BUF_SIZE 6557This macro has no effect unless @code{DONT_USE_BUILTIN_SETJMP} is also 6558defined. Define this macro if the default size of @code{jmp_buf} buffer 6559for the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based exception handling mechanism 6560is not large enough, or if it is much too large. 6561The default size is @code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER * sizeof(void *)}. 6562@end defmac 6563 6564@defmac DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT 6565This macro need only be defined if the target might save registers in the 6566function prologue at an offset to the stack pointer that is not aligned to 6567@code{UNITS_PER_WORD}. The definition should be the negative minimum 6568alignment if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is true, and the positive 6569minimum alignment otherwise. @xref{DWARF}. Only applicable if 6570the target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind information. 6571@end defmac 6572 6573@hook TARGET_TERMINATE_DW2_EH_FRAME_INFO 6574 6575@hook TARGET_DWARF_REGISTER_SPAN 6576 6577@hook TARGET_DWARF_FRAME_REG_MODE 6578 6579@hook TARGET_INIT_DWARF_REG_SIZES_EXTRA 6580 6581@hook TARGET_ASM_TTYPE 6582 6583@hook TARGET_ARM_EABI_UNWINDER 6584 6585@node Alignment Output 6586@subsection Assembler Commands for Alignment 6587 6588@c prevent bad page break with this line 6589This describes commands for alignment. 6590 6591@defmac JUMP_ALIGN (@var{label}) 6592The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}, which is 6593a common destination of jumps and has no fallthru incoming edge. 6594 6595This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment 6596to be done at such a time. Most machine descriptions do not currently 6597define the macro. 6598 6599Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better 6600to set the variable @var{align_jumps} in the target's 6601@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}. Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's 6602selection in @var{align_jumps} in a @code{JUMP_ALIGN} implementation. 6603@end defmac 6604 6605@defmac LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER (@var{label}) 6606The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}, which follows 6607a @code{BARRIER}. 6608 6609This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment 6610to be done at such a time. Most machine descriptions do not currently 6611define the macro. 6612@end defmac 6613 6614@defmac LOOP_ALIGN (@var{label}) 6615The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label} that heads 6616a frequently executed basic block (usually the header of a loop). 6617 6618This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment 6619to be done at such a time. Most machine descriptions do not currently 6620define the macro. 6621 6622Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better 6623to set the variable @code{align_loops} in the target's 6624@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}. Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's 6625selection in @code{align_loops} in a @code{LOOP_ALIGN} implementation. 6626@end defmac 6627 6628@defmac LABEL_ALIGN (@var{label}) 6629The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}. 6630If @code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER} / @code{LOOP_ALIGN} specify a different alignment, 6631the maximum of the specified values is used. 6632 6633Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better 6634to set the variable @code{align_labels} in the target's 6635@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}. Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's 6636selection in @code{align_labels} in a @code{LABEL_ALIGN} implementation. 6637@end defmac 6638 6639@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (@var{stream}, @var{nbytes}) 6640A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler 6641instruction to advance the location counter by @var{nbytes} bytes. 6642Those bytes should be zero when loaded. @var{nbytes} will be a C 6643expression of type @code{unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT}. 6644@end defmac 6645 6646@defmac ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT 6647Define this macro if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} should not be used in the 6648text section because it fails to put zeros in the bytes that are skipped. 6649This is true on many Unix systems, where the pseudo--op to skip bytes 6650produces no-op instructions rather than zeros when used in the text 6651section. 6652@end defmac 6653 6654@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (@var{stream}, @var{power}) 6655A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler 6656command to advance the location counter to a multiple of 2 to the 6657@var{power} bytes. @var{power} will be a C expression of type @code{int}. 6658@end defmac 6659 6660@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN_WITH_NOP (@var{stream}, @var{power}) 6661Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN}, except that the ``nop'' instruction is used 6662for padding, if necessary. 6663@end defmac 6664 6665@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN (@var{stream}, @var{power}, @var{max_skip}) 6666A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler 6667command to advance the location counter to a multiple of 2 to the 6668@var{power} bytes, but only if @var{max_skip} or fewer bytes are needed to 6669satisfy the alignment request. @var{power} and @var{max_skip} will be 6670a C expression of type @code{int}. 6671@end defmac 6672 6673@need 3000 6674@node Debugging Info 6675@section Controlling Debugging Information Format 6676 6677@c prevent bad page break with this line 6678This describes how to specify debugging information. 6679 6680@menu 6681* All Debuggers:: Macros that affect all debugging formats uniformly. 6682* DBX Options:: Macros enabling specific options in DBX format. 6683* DBX Hooks:: Hook macros for varying DBX format. 6684* File Names and DBX:: Macros controlling output of file names in DBX format. 6685* DWARF:: Macros for DWARF format. 6686* VMS Debug:: Macros for VMS debug format. 6687@end menu 6688 6689@node All Debuggers 6690@subsection Macros Affecting All Debugging Formats 6691 6692@c prevent bad page break with this line 6693These macros affect all debugging formats. 6694 6695@defmac DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (@var{regno}) 6696A C expression that returns the DBX register number for the compiler 6697register number @var{regno}. In the default macro provided, the value 6698of this expression will be @var{regno} itself. But sometimes there are 6699some registers that the compiler knows about and DBX does not, or vice 6700versa. In such cases, some register may need to have one number in the 6701compiler and another for DBX@. 6702 6703If two registers have consecutive numbers inside GCC, and they can be 6704used as a pair to hold a multiword value, then they @emph{must} have 6705consecutive numbers after renumbering with @code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER}. 6706Otherwise, debuggers will be unable to access such a pair, because they 6707expect register pairs to be consecutive in their own numbering scheme. 6708 6709If you find yourself defining @code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER} in way that 6710does not preserve register pairs, then what you must do instead is 6711redefine the actual register numbering scheme. 6712@end defmac 6713 6714@defmac DEBUGGER_AUTO_OFFSET (@var{x}) 6715A C expression that returns the integer offset value for an automatic 6716variable having address @var{x} (an RTL expression). The default 6717computation assumes that @var{x} is based on the frame-pointer and 6718gives the offset from the frame-pointer. This is required for targets 6719that produce debugging output for DBX and allow the frame-pointer to be 6720eliminated when the @option{-g} option is used. 6721@end defmac 6722 6723@defmac DEBUGGER_ARG_OFFSET (@var{offset}, @var{x}) 6724A C expression that returns the integer offset value for an argument 6725having address @var{x} (an RTL expression). The nominal offset is 6726@var{offset}. 6727@end defmac 6728 6729@defmac PREFERRED_DEBUGGING_TYPE 6730A C expression that returns the type of debugging output GCC should 6731produce when the user specifies just @option{-g}. Define 6732this if you have arranged for GCC to support more than one format of 6733debugging output. Currently, the allowable values are @code{DBX_DEBUG}, 6734@code{DWARF2_DEBUG}, @code{XCOFF_DEBUG}, @code{VMS_DEBUG}, 6735and @code{VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG}. 6736 6737When the user specifies @option{-ggdb}, GCC normally also uses the 6738value of this macro to select the debugging output format, but with two 6739exceptions. If @code{DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO} is defined, GCC uses the 6740value @code{DWARF2_DEBUG}. Otherwise, if @code{DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO} is 6741defined, GCC uses @code{DBX_DEBUG}. 6742 6743The value of this macro only affects the default debugging output; the 6744user can always get a specific type of output by using @option{-gstabs}, 6745@option{-gdwarf-2}, @option{-gxcoff}, or @option{-gvms}. 6746@end defmac 6747 6748@node DBX Options 6749@subsection Specific Options for DBX Output 6750 6751@c prevent bad page break with this line 6752These are specific options for DBX output. 6753 6754@defmac DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO 6755Define this macro if GCC should produce debugging output for DBX 6756in response to the @option{-g} option. 6757@end defmac 6758 6759@defmac XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO 6760Define this macro if GCC should produce XCOFF format debugging output 6761in response to the @option{-g} option. This is a variant of DBX format. 6762@end defmac 6763 6764@defmac DEFAULT_GDB_EXTENSIONS 6765Define this macro to control whether GCC should by default generate 6766GDB's extended version of DBX debugging information (assuming DBX-format 6767debugging information is enabled at all). If you don't define the 6768macro, the default is 1: always generate the extended information 6769if there is any occasion to. 6770@end defmac 6771 6772@defmac DEBUG_SYMS_TEXT 6773Define this macro if all @code{.stabs} commands should be output while 6774in the text section. 6775@end defmac 6776 6777@defmac ASM_STABS_OP 6778A C string constant, including spacing, naming the assembler pseudo op to 6779use instead of @code{"\t.stabs\t"} to define an ordinary debugging symbol. 6780If you don't define this macro, @code{"\t.stabs\t"} is used. This macro 6781applies only to DBX debugging information format. 6782@end defmac 6783 6784@defmac ASM_STABD_OP 6785A C string constant, including spacing, naming the assembler pseudo op to 6786use instead of @code{"\t.stabd\t"} to define a debugging symbol whose 6787value is the current location. If you don't define this macro, 6788@code{"\t.stabd\t"} is used. This macro applies only to DBX debugging 6789information format. 6790@end defmac 6791 6792@defmac ASM_STABN_OP 6793A C string constant, including spacing, naming the assembler pseudo op to 6794use instead of @code{"\t.stabn\t"} to define a debugging symbol with no 6795name. If you don't define this macro, @code{"\t.stabn\t"} is used. This 6796macro applies only to DBX debugging information format. 6797@end defmac 6798 6799@defmac DBX_NO_XREFS 6800Define this macro if DBX on your system does not support the construct 6801@samp{xs@var{tagname}}. On some systems, this construct is used to 6802describe a forward reference to a structure named @var{tagname}. 6803On other systems, this construct is not supported at all. 6804@end defmac 6805 6806@defmac DBX_CONTIN_LENGTH 6807A symbol name in DBX-format debugging information is normally 6808continued (split into two separate @code{.stabs} directives) when it 6809exceeds a certain length (by default, 80 characters). On some 6810operating systems, DBX requires this splitting; on others, splitting 6811must not be done. You can inhibit splitting by defining this macro 6812with the value zero. You can override the default splitting-length by 6813defining this macro as an expression for the length you desire. 6814@end defmac 6815 6816@defmac DBX_CONTIN_CHAR 6817Normally continuation is indicated by adding a @samp{\} character to 6818the end of a @code{.stabs} string when a continuation follows. To use 6819a different character instead, define this macro as a character 6820constant for the character you want to use. Do not define this macro 6821if backslash is correct for your system. 6822@end defmac 6823 6824@defmac DBX_STATIC_STAB_DATA_SECTION 6825Define this macro if it is necessary to go to the data section before 6826outputting the @samp{.stabs} pseudo-op for a non-global static 6827variable. 6828@end defmac 6829 6830@defmac DBX_TYPE_DECL_STABS_CODE 6831The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive 6832for a typedef. The default is @code{N_LSYM}. 6833@end defmac 6834 6835@defmac DBX_STATIC_CONST_VAR_CODE 6836The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive 6837for a static variable located in the text section. DBX format does not 6838provide any ``right'' way to do this. The default is @code{N_FUN}. 6839@end defmac 6840 6841@defmac DBX_REGPARM_STABS_CODE 6842The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive 6843for a parameter passed in registers. DBX format does not provide any 6844``right'' way to do this. The default is @code{N_RSYM}. 6845@end defmac 6846 6847@defmac DBX_REGPARM_STABS_LETTER 6848The letter to use in DBX symbol data to identify a symbol as a parameter 6849passed in registers. DBX format does not customarily provide any way to 6850do this. The default is @code{'P'}. 6851@end defmac 6852 6853@defmac DBX_FUNCTION_FIRST 6854Define this macro if the DBX information for a function and its 6855arguments should precede the assembler code for the function. Normally, 6856in DBX format, the debugging information entirely follows the assembler 6857code. 6858@end defmac 6859 6860@defmac DBX_BLOCKS_FUNCTION_RELATIVE 6861Define this macro, with value 1, if the value of a symbol describing 6862the scope of a block (@code{N_LBRAC} or @code{N_RBRAC}) should be 6863relative to the start of the enclosing function. Normally, GCC uses 6864an absolute address. 6865@end defmac 6866 6867@defmac DBX_LINES_FUNCTION_RELATIVE 6868Define this macro, with value 1, if the value of a symbol indicating 6869the current line number (@code{N_SLINE}) should be relative to the 6870start of the enclosing function. Normally, GCC uses an absolute address. 6871@end defmac 6872 6873@defmac DBX_USE_BINCL 6874Define this macro if GCC should generate @code{N_BINCL} and 6875@code{N_EINCL} stabs for included header files, as on Sun systems. This 6876macro also directs GCC to output a type number as a pair of a file 6877number and a type number within the file. Normally, GCC does not 6878generate @code{N_BINCL} or @code{N_EINCL} stabs, and it outputs a single 6879number for a type number. 6880@end defmac 6881 6882@node DBX Hooks 6883@subsection Open-Ended Hooks for DBX Format 6884 6885@c prevent bad page break with this line 6886These are hooks for DBX format. 6887 6888@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_SOURCE_LINE (@var{stream}, @var{line}, @var{counter}) 6889A C statement to output DBX debugging information before code for line 6890number @var{line} of the current source file to the stdio stream 6891@var{stream}. @var{counter} is the number of time the macro was 6892invoked, including the current invocation; it is intended to generate 6893unique labels in the assembly output. 6894 6895This macro should not be defined if the default output is correct, or 6896if it can be made correct by defining @code{DBX_LINES_FUNCTION_RELATIVE}. 6897@end defmac 6898 6899@defmac NO_DBX_FUNCTION_END 6900Some stabs encapsulation formats (in particular ECOFF), cannot handle the 6901@code{.stabs "",N_FUN,,0,0,Lscope-function-1} gdb dbx extension construct. 6902On those machines, define this macro to turn this feature off without 6903disturbing the rest of the gdb extensions. 6904@end defmac 6905 6906@defmac NO_DBX_BNSYM_ENSYM 6907Some assemblers cannot handle the @code{.stabd BNSYM/ENSYM,0,0} gdb dbx 6908extension construct. On those machines, define this macro to turn this 6909feature off without disturbing the rest of the gdb extensions. 6910@end defmac 6911 6912@node File Names and DBX 6913@subsection File Names in DBX Format 6914 6915@c prevent bad page break with this line 6916This describes file names in DBX format. 6917 6918@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILENAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}) 6919A C statement to output DBX debugging information to the stdio stream 6920@var{stream}, which indicates that file @var{name} is the main source 6921file---the file specified as the input file for compilation. 6922This macro is called only once, at the beginning of compilation. 6923 6924This macro need not be defined if the standard form of output 6925for DBX debugging information is appropriate. 6926 6927It may be necessary to refer to a label equal to the beginning of the 6928text section. You can use @samp{assemble_name (stream, ltext_label_name)} 6929to do so. If you do this, you must also set the variable 6930@var{used_ltext_label_name} to @code{true}. 6931@end defmac 6932 6933@defmac NO_DBX_MAIN_SOURCE_DIRECTORY 6934Define this macro, with value 1, if GCC should not emit an indication 6935of the current directory for compilation and current source language at 6936the beginning of the file. 6937@end defmac 6938 6939@defmac NO_DBX_GCC_MARKER 6940Define this macro, with value 1, if GCC should not emit an indication 6941that this object file was compiled by GCC@. The default is to emit 6942an @code{N_OPT} stab at the beginning of every source file, with 6943@samp{gcc2_compiled.} for the string and value 0. 6944@end defmac 6945 6946@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END (@var{stream}, @var{name}) 6947A C statement to output DBX debugging information at the end of 6948compilation of the main source file @var{name}. Output should be 6949written to the stdio stream @var{stream}. 6950 6951If you don't define this macro, nothing special is output at the end 6952of compilation, which is correct for most machines. 6953@end defmac 6954 6955@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_NULL_N_SO_AT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END 6956Define this macro @emph{instead of} defining 6957@code{DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END}, if what needs to be output at 6958the end of compilation is an @code{N_SO} stab with an empty string, 6959whose value is the highest absolute text address in the file. 6960@end defmac 6961 6962@need 2000 6963@node DWARF 6964@subsection Macros for DWARF Output 6965 6966@c prevent bad page break with this line 6967Here are macros for DWARF output. 6968 6969@defmac DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO 6970Define this macro if GCC should produce dwarf version 2 format 6971debugging output in response to the @option{-g} option. 6972 6973@hook TARGET_DWARF_CALLING_CONVENTION 6974 6975To support optional call frame debugging information, you must also 6976define @code{INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and either set 6977@code{RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P} on the prologue insns if you use RTL for the 6978prologue, or call @code{dwarf2out_def_cfa} and @code{dwarf2out_reg_save} 6979as appropriate from @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} if you don't. 6980@end defmac 6981 6982@defmac DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 6983Define this macro to a nonzero value if GCC should always output 6984Dwarf 2 frame information. If @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO} 6985(@pxref{Exception Region Output}) returns @code{UI_DWARF2}, and 6986exceptions are enabled, GCC will output this information not matter 6987how you define @code{DWARF2_FRAME_INFO}. 6988@end defmac 6989 6990@hook TARGET_DEBUG_UNWIND_INFO 6991 6992@defmac DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 6993Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the assembler can generate Dwarf 2 6994line debug info sections. This will result in much more compact line number 6995tables, and hence is desirable if it works. 6996@end defmac 6997 6998@defmac DWARF2_ASM_VIEW_DEBUG_INFO 6999Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the assembler supports view 7000assignment and verification in @code{.loc}. If it does not, but the 7001user enables location views, the compiler may have to fallback to 7002internal line number tables. 7003@end defmac 7004 7005@hook TARGET_RESET_LOCATION_VIEW 7006 7007@hook TARGET_WANT_DEBUG_PUB_SECTIONS 7008 7009@hook TARGET_DELAY_SCHED2 7010 7011@hook TARGET_DELAY_VARTRACK 7012 7013@hook TARGET_NO_REGISTER_ALLOCATION 7014 7015@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label1}, @var{label2}) 7016A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a difference 7017@var{lab1} minus @var{lab2}, using an integer of the given @var{size}. 7018@end defmac 7019 7020@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_VMS_DELTA (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label1}, @var{label2}) 7021A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a difference 7022between the two given labels in system defined units, e.g.@: instruction 7023slots on IA64 VMS, using an integer of the given size. 7024@end defmac 7025 7026@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label}, @var{offset}, @var{section}) 7027A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a 7028section-relative reference to the given @var{label} plus @var{offset}, using 7029an integer of the given @var{size}. The label is known to be defined in the 7030given @var{section}. 7031@end defmac 7032 7033@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_PCREL (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label}) 7034A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a self-relative 7035reference to the given @var{label}, using an integer of the given @var{size}. 7036@end defmac 7037 7038@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATAREL (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label}) 7039A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a reference to the 7040given @var{label} relative to the dbase, using an integer of the given @var{size}. 7041@end defmac 7042 7043@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (@var{label}) 7044A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a reference to 7045the DWARF table identifier @var{label} from the current section. This 7046is used on some systems to avoid garbage collecting a DWARF table which 7047is referenced by a function. 7048@end defmac 7049 7050@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL 7051 7052@need 2000 7053@node VMS Debug 7054@subsection Macros for VMS Debug Format 7055 7056@c prevent bad page break with this line 7057Here are macros for VMS debug format. 7058 7059@defmac VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO 7060Define this macro if GCC should produce debugging output for VMS 7061in response to the @option{-g} option. The default behavior for VMS 7062is to generate minimal debug info for a traceback in the absence of 7063@option{-g} unless explicitly overridden with @option{-g0}. This 7064behavior is controlled by @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} and 7065@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}. 7066@end defmac 7067 7068@node Floating Point 7069@section Cross Compilation and Floating Point 7070@cindex cross compilation and floating point 7071@cindex floating point and cross compilation 7072 7073While all modern machines use twos-complement representation for integers, 7074there are a variety of representations for floating point numbers. This 7075means that in a cross-compiler the representation of floating point numbers 7076in the compiled program may be different from that used in the machine 7077doing the compilation. 7078 7079Because different representation systems may offer different amounts of 7080range and precision, all floating point constants must be represented in 7081the target machine's format. Therefore, the cross compiler cannot 7082safely use the host machine's floating point arithmetic; it must emulate 7083the target's arithmetic. To ensure consistency, GCC always uses 7084emulation to work with floating point values, even when the host and 7085target floating point formats are identical. 7086 7087The following macros are provided by @file{real.h} for the compiler to 7088use. All parts of the compiler which generate or optimize 7089floating-point calculations must use these macros. They may evaluate 7090their operands more than once, so operands must not have side effects. 7091 7092@defmac REAL_VALUE_TYPE 7093The C data type to be used to hold a floating point value in the target 7094machine's format. Typically this is a @code{struct} containing an 7095array of @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}, but all code should treat it as an opaque 7096quantity. 7097@end defmac 7098 7099@deftypefn Macro HOST_WIDE_INT REAL_VALUE_FIX (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x}) 7100Truncates @var{x} to a signed integer, rounding toward zero. 7101@end deftypefn 7102 7103@deftypefn Macro {unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT} REAL_VALUE_UNSIGNED_FIX (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x}) 7104Truncates @var{x} to an unsigned integer, rounding toward zero. If 7105@var{x} is negative, returns zero. 7106@end deftypefn 7107 7108@deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_ATOF (const char *@var{string}, machine_mode @var{mode}) 7109Converts @var{string} into a floating point number in the target machine's 7110representation for mode @var{mode}. This routine can handle both 7111decimal and hexadecimal floating point constants, using the syntax 7112defined by the C language for both. 7113@end deftypefn 7114 7115@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x}) 7116Returns 1 if @var{x} is negative (including negative zero), 0 otherwise. 7117@end deftypefn 7118 7119@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_ISINF (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x}) 7120Determines whether @var{x} represents infinity (positive or negative). 7121@end deftypefn 7122 7123@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x}) 7124Determines whether @var{x} represents a ``NaN'' (not-a-number). 7125@end deftypefn 7126 7127@deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_NEGATE (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x}) 7128Returns the negative of the floating point value @var{x}. 7129@end deftypefn 7130 7131@deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_ABS (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x}) 7132Returns the absolute value of @var{x}. 7133@end deftypefn 7134 7135@node Mode Switching 7136@section Mode Switching Instructions 7137@cindex mode switching 7138The following macros control mode switching optimizations: 7139 7140@defmac OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING (@var{entity}) 7141Define this macro if the port needs extra instructions inserted for mode 7142switching in an optimizing compilation. 7143 7144For an example, the SH4 can perform both single and double precision 7145floating point operations, but to perform a single precision operation, 7146the FPSCR PR bit has to be cleared, while for a double precision 7147operation, this bit has to be set. Changing the PR bit requires a general 7148purpose register as a scratch register, hence these FPSCR sets have to 7149be inserted before reload, i.e.@: you cannot put this into instruction emitting 7150or @code{TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG}. 7151 7152You can have multiple entities that are mode-switched, and select at run time 7153which entities actually need it. @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} should 7154return nonzero for any @var{entity} that needs mode-switching. 7155If you define this macro, you also have to define 7156@code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, @code{TARGET_MODE_NEEDED}, 7157@code{TARGET_MODE_PRIORITY} and @code{TARGET_MODE_EMIT}. 7158@code{TARGET_MODE_AFTER}, @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY}, and @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} 7159are optional. 7160@end defmac 7161 7162@defmac NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING 7163If you define @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING}, you have to define this as 7164initializer for an array of integers. Each initializer element 7165N refers to an entity that needs mode switching, and specifies the number 7166of different modes that might need to be set for this entity. 7167The position of the initializer in the initializer---starting counting at 7168zero---determines the integer that is used to refer to the mode-switched 7169entity in question. 7170In macros that take mode arguments / yield a mode result, modes are 7171represented as numbers 0 @dots{} N @minus{} 1. N is used to specify that no mode 7172switch is needed / supplied. 7173@end defmac 7174 7175@hook TARGET_MODE_EMIT 7176 7177@hook TARGET_MODE_NEEDED 7178 7179@hook TARGET_MODE_AFTER 7180 7181@hook TARGET_MODE_ENTRY 7182 7183@hook TARGET_MODE_EXIT 7184 7185@hook TARGET_MODE_PRIORITY 7186 7187@node Target Attributes 7188@section Defining target-specific uses of @code{__attribute__} 7189@cindex target attributes 7190@cindex machine attributes 7191@cindex attributes, target-specific 7192 7193Target-specific attributes may be defined for functions, data and types. 7194These are described using the following target hooks; they also need to 7195be documented in @file{extend.texi}. 7196 7197@hook TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE 7198 7199@hook TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TAKES_IDENTIFIER_P 7200 7201@hook TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES 7202 7203@hook TARGET_SET_DEFAULT_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES 7204 7205@hook TARGET_MERGE_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES 7206 7207@hook TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES 7208 7209@hook TARGET_VALID_DLLIMPORT_ATTRIBUTE_P 7210 7211@defmac TARGET_DECLSPEC 7212Define this macro to a nonzero value if you want to treat 7213@code{__declspec(X)} as equivalent to @code{__attribute((X))}. By 7214default, this behavior is enabled only for targets that define 7215@code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. The current implementation 7216of @code{__declspec} is via a built-in macro, but you should not rely 7217on this implementation detail. 7218@end defmac 7219 7220@hook TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES 7221 7222@hook TARGET_HANDLE_GENERIC_ATTRIBUTE 7223 7224@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ATTRIBUTE_INLINABLE_P 7225 7226@hook TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P 7227 7228@hook TARGET_OPTION_SAVE 7229 7230@hook TARGET_OPTION_RESTORE 7231 7232@hook TARGET_OPTION_POST_STREAM_IN 7233 7234@hook TARGET_OPTION_PRINT 7235 7236@hook TARGET_OPTION_PRAGMA_PARSE 7237 7238@hook TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE 7239 7240@hook TARGET_OPTION_FUNCTION_VERSIONS 7241 7242@hook TARGET_CAN_INLINE_P 7243 7244@hook TARGET_RELAYOUT_FUNCTION 7245 7246@node Emulated TLS 7247@section Emulating TLS 7248@cindex Emulated TLS 7249 7250For targets whose psABI does not provide Thread Local Storage via 7251specific relocations and instruction sequences, an emulation layer is 7252used. A set of target hooks allows this emulation layer to be 7253configured for the requirements of a particular target. For instance 7254the psABI may in fact specify TLS support in terms of an emulation 7255layer. 7256 7257The emulation layer works by creating a control object for every TLS 7258object. To access the TLS object, a lookup function is provided 7259which, when given the address of the control object, will return the 7260address of the current thread's instance of the TLS object. 7261 7262@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_GET_ADDRESS 7263 7264@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_REGISTER_COMMON 7265 7266@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_SECTION 7267 7268@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_TMPL_SECTION 7269 7270@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_PREFIX 7271 7272@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_TMPL_PREFIX 7273 7274@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_FIELDS 7275 7276@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_INIT 7277 7278@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_ALIGN_FIXED 7279 7280@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_DEBUG_FORM_TLS_ADDRESS 7281 7282@node MIPS Coprocessors 7283@section Defining coprocessor specifics for MIPS targets. 7284@cindex MIPS coprocessor-definition macros 7285 7286The MIPS specification allows MIPS implementations to have as many as 4 7287coprocessors, each with as many as 32 private registers. GCC supports 7288accessing these registers and transferring values between the registers 7289and memory using asm-ized variables. For example: 7290 7291@smallexample 7292 register unsigned int cp0count asm ("c0r1"); 7293 unsigned int d; 7294 7295 d = cp0count + 3; 7296@end smallexample 7297 7298(``c0r1'' is the default name of register 1 in coprocessor 0; alternate 7299names may be added as described below, or the default names may be 7300overridden entirely in @code{SUBTARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE}.) 7301 7302Coprocessor registers are assumed to be epilogue-used; sets to them will 7303be preserved even if it does not appear that the register is used again 7304later in the function. 7305 7306Another note: according to the MIPS spec, coprocessor 1 (if present) is 7307the FPU@. One accesses COP1 registers through standard mips 7308floating-point support; they are not included in this mechanism. 7309 7310@node PCH Target 7311@section Parameters for Precompiled Header Validity Checking 7312@cindex parameters, precompiled headers 7313 7314@hook TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY 7315 7316@hook TARGET_PCH_VALID_P 7317 7318@hook TARGET_CHECK_PCH_TARGET_FLAGS 7319 7320@hook TARGET_PREPARE_PCH_SAVE 7321 7322@node C++ ABI 7323@section C++ ABI parameters 7324@cindex parameters, c++ abi 7325 7326@hook TARGET_CXX_GUARD_TYPE 7327 7328@hook TARGET_CXX_GUARD_MASK_BIT 7329 7330@hook TARGET_CXX_GET_COOKIE_SIZE 7331 7332@hook TARGET_CXX_COOKIE_HAS_SIZE 7333 7334@hook TARGET_CXX_IMPORT_EXPORT_CLASS 7335 7336@hook TARGET_CXX_CDTOR_RETURNS_THIS 7337 7338@hook TARGET_CXX_KEY_METHOD_MAY_BE_INLINE 7339 7340@hook TARGET_CXX_DETERMINE_CLASS_DATA_VISIBILITY 7341 7342@hook TARGET_CXX_CLASS_DATA_ALWAYS_COMDAT 7343 7344@hook TARGET_CXX_LIBRARY_RTTI_COMDAT 7345 7346@hook TARGET_CXX_USE_AEABI_ATEXIT 7347 7348@hook TARGET_CXX_USE_ATEXIT_FOR_CXA_ATEXIT 7349 7350@hook TARGET_CXX_ADJUST_CLASS_AT_DEFINITION 7351 7352@hook TARGET_CXX_DECL_MANGLING_CONTEXT 7353 7354@node D Language and ABI 7355@section D ABI parameters 7356@cindex parameters, d abi 7357 7358@hook TARGET_D_CPU_VERSIONS 7359 7360@hook TARGET_D_OS_VERSIONS 7361 7362@hook TARGET_D_REGISTER_CPU_TARGET_INFO 7363 7364@hook TARGET_D_REGISTER_OS_TARGET_INFO 7365 7366@hook TARGET_D_MINFO_SECTION 7367 7368@hook TARGET_D_MINFO_START_NAME 7369 7370@hook TARGET_D_MINFO_END_NAME 7371 7372@hook TARGET_D_HAS_STDCALL_CONVENTION 7373 7374@hook TARGET_D_TEMPLATES_ALWAYS_COMDAT 7375 7376@node Named Address Spaces 7377@section Adding support for named address spaces 7378@cindex named address spaces 7379 7380The draft technical report of the ISO/IEC JTC1 S22 WG14 N1275 7381standards committee, @cite{Programming Languages - C - Extensions to 7382support embedded processors}, specifies a syntax for embedded 7383processors to specify alternate address spaces. You can configure a 7384GCC port to support section 5.1 of the draft report to add support for 7385address spaces other than the default address space. These address 7386spaces are new keywords that are similar to the @code{volatile} and 7387@code{const} type attributes. 7388 7389Pointers to named address spaces can have a different size than 7390pointers to the generic address space. 7391 7392For example, the SPU port uses the @code{__ea} address space to refer 7393to memory in the host processor, rather than memory local to the SPU 7394processor. Access to memory in the @code{__ea} address space involves 7395issuing DMA operations to move data between the host processor and the 7396local processor memory address space. Pointers in the @code{__ea} 7397address space are either 32 bits or 64 bits based on the 7398@option{-mea32} or @option{-mea64} switches (native SPU pointers are 7399always 32 bits). 7400 7401Internally, address spaces are represented as a small integer in the 7402range 0 to 15 with address space 0 being reserved for the generic 7403address space. 7404 7405To register a named address space qualifier keyword with the C front end, 7406the target may call the @code{c_register_addr_space} routine. For example, 7407the SPU port uses the following to declare @code{__ea} as the keyword for 7408named address space #1: 7409@smallexample 7410#define ADDR_SPACE_EA 1 7411c_register_addr_space ("__ea", ADDR_SPACE_EA); 7412@end smallexample 7413 7414@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE 7415 7416@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE 7417 7418@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_VALID_POINTER_MODE 7419 7420@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P 7421 7422@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS 7423 7424@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P 7425 7426@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ZERO_ADDRESS_VALID 7427 7428@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_CONVERT 7429 7430@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_DEBUG 7431 7432@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_DIAGNOSE_USAGE 7433 7434@node Misc 7435@section Miscellaneous Parameters 7436@cindex parameters, miscellaneous 7437 7438@c prevent bad page break with this line 7439Here are several miscellaneous parameters. 7440 7441@defmac HAS_LONG_COND_BRANCH 7442Define this boolean macro to indicate whether or not your architecture 7443has conditional branches that can span all of memory. It is used in 7444conjunction with an optimization that partitions hot and cold basic 7445blocks into separate sections of the executable. If this macro is 7446set to false, gcc will convert any conditional branches that attempt 7447to cross between sections into unconditional branches or indirect jumps. 7448@end defmac 7449 7450@defmac HAS_LONG_UNCOND_BRANCH 7451Define this boolean macro to indicate whether or not your architecture 7452has unconditional branches that can span all of memory. It is used in 7453conjunction with an optimization that partitions hot and cold basic 7454blocks into separate sections of the executable. If this macro is 7455set to false, gcc will convert any unconditional branches that attempt 7456to cross between sections into indirect jumps. 7457@end defmac 7458 7459@defmac CASE_VECTOR_MODE 7460An alias for a machine mode name. This is the machine mode that 7461elements of a jump-table should have. 7462@end defmac 7463 7464@defmac CASE_VECTOR_SHORTEN_MODE (@var{min_offset}, @var{max_offset}, @var{body}) 7465Optional: return the preferred mode for an @code{addr_diff_vec} 7466when the minimum and maximum offset are known. If you define this, 7467it enables extra code in branch shortening to deal with @code{addr_diff_vec}. 7468To make this work, you also have to define @code{INSN_ALIGN} and 7469make the alignment for @code{addr_diff_vec} explicit. 7470The @var{body} argument is provided so that the offset_unsigned and scale 7471flags can be updated. 7472@end defmac 7473 7474@defmac CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE 7475Define this macro to be a C expression to indicate when jump-tables 7476should contain relative addresses. You need not define this macro if 7477jump-tables never contain relative addresses, or jump-tables should 7478contain relative addresses only when @option{-fPIC} or @option{-fPIC} 7479is in effect. 7480@end defmac 7481 7482@hook TARGET_CASE_VALUES_THRESHOLD 7483 7484@defmac WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS 7485Define this macro to 1 if operations between registers with integral mode 7486smaller than a word are always performed on the entire register. To be 7487more explicit, if you start with a pair of @code{word_mode} registers with 7488known values and you do a subword, for example @code{QImode}, addition on 7489the low part of the registers, then the compiler may consider that the 7490result has a known value in @code{word_mode} too if the macro is defined 7491to 1. Most RISC machines have this property and most CISC machines do not. 7492@end defmac 7493 7494@hook TARGET_MIN_ARITHMETIC_PRECISION 7495 7496@defmac LOAD_EXTEND_OP (@var{mem_mode}) 7497Define this macro to be a C expression indicating when insns that read 7498memory in @var{mem_mode}, an integral mode narrower than a word, set the 7499bits outside of @var{mem_mode} to be either the sign-extension or the 7500zero-extension of the data read. Return @code{SIGN_EXTEND} for values 7501of @var{mem_mode} for which the 7502insn sign-extends, @code{ZERO_EXTEND} for which it zero-extends, and 7503@code{UNKNOWN} for other modes. 7504 7505This macro is not called with @var{mem_mode} non-integral or with a width 7506greater than or equal to @code{BITS_PER_WORD}, so you may return any 7507value in this case. Do not define this macro if it would always return 7508@code{UNKNOWN}. On machines where this macro is defined, you will normally 7509define it as the constant @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{ZERO_EXTEND}. 7510 7511You may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN} value even if for some hard registers 7512the sign extension is not performed, if for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} 7513of these hard registers @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false 7514when the @var{from} mode is @var{mem_mode} and the @var{to} mode is any 7515integral mode larger than this but not larger than @code{word_mode}. 7516 7517You must return @code{UNKNOWN} if for some hard registers that allow this 7518mode, @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} says that they cannot change to 7519@code{word_mode}, but that they can change to another integral mode that 7520is larger then @var{mem_mode} but still smaller than @code{word_mode}. 7521@end defmac 7522 7523@defmac SHORT_IMMEDIATES_SIGN_EXTEND 7524Define this macro to 1 if loading short immediate values into registers sign 7525extends. 7526@end defmac 7527 7528@hook TARGET_MIN_DIVISIONS_FOR_RECIP_MUL 7529 7530@defmac MOVE_MAX 7531The maximum number of bytes that a single instruction can move quickly 7532between memory and registers or between two memory locations. 7533@end defmac 7534 7535@defmac MAX_MOVE_MAX 7536The maximum number of bytes that a single instruction can move quickly 7537between memory and registers or between two memory locations. If this 7538is undefined, the default is @code{MOVE_MAX}. Otherwise, it is the 7539constant value that is the largest value that @code{MOVE_MAX} can have 7540at run-time. 7541@end defmac 7542 7543@defmac SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED 7544A C expression that is nonzero if on this machine the number of bits 7545actually used for the count of a shift operation is equal to the number 7546of bits needed to represent the size of the object being shifted. When 7547this macro is nonzero, the compiler will assume that it is safe to omit 7548a sign-extend, zero-extend, and certain bitwise `and' instructions that 7549truncates the count of a shift operation. On machines that have 7550instructions that act on bit-fields at variable positions, which may 7551include `bit test' instructions, a nonzero @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} 7552also enables deletion of truncations of the values that serve as 7553arguments to bit-field instructions. 7554 7555If both types of instructions truncate the count (for shifts) and 7556position (for bit-field operations), or if no variable-position bit-field 7557instructions exist, you should define this macro. 7558 7559However, on some machines, such as the 80386 and the 680x0, truncation 7560only applies to shift operations and not the (real or pretended) 7561bit-field operations. Define @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} to be zero on 7562such machines. Instead, add patterns to the @file{md} file that include 7563the implied truncation of the shift instructions. 7564 7565You need not define this macro if it would always have the value of zero. 7566@end defmac 7567 7568@anchor{TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK} 7569@hook TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK 7570 7571@hook TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION 7572 7573@hook TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED 7574 7575@hook TARGET_SETJMP_PRESERVES_NONVOLATILE_REGS_P 7576 7577@defmac STORE_FLAG_VALUE 7578A C expression describing the value returned by a comparison operator 7579with an integral mode and stored by a store-flag instruction 7580(@samp{cstore@var{mode}4}) when the condition is true. This description must 7581apply to @emph{all} the @samp{cstore@var{mode}4} patterns and all the 7582comparison operators whose results have a @code{MODE_INT} mode. 7583 7584A value of 1 or @minus{}1 means that the instruction implementing the 7585comparison operator returns exactly 1 or @minus{}1 when the comparison is true 7586and 0 when the comparison is false. Otherwise, the value indicates 7587which bits of the result are guaranteed to be 1 when the comparison is 7588true. This value is interpreted in the mode of the comparison 7589operation, which is given by the mode of the first operand in the 7590@samp{cstore@var{mode}4} pattern. Either the low bit or the sign bit of 7591@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} be on. Presently, only those bits are used by 7592the compiler. 7593 7594If @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} is neither 1 or @minus{}1, the compiler will 7595generate code that depends only on the specified bits. It can also 7596replace comparison operators with equivalent operations if they cause 7597the required bits to be set, even if the remaining bits are undefined. 7598For example, on a machine whose comparison operators return an 7599@code{SImode} value and where @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} is defined as 7600@samp{0x80000000}, saying that just the sign bit is relevant, the 7601expression 7602 7603@smallexample 7604(ne:SI (and:SI @var{x} (const_int @var{power-of-2})) (const_int 0)) 7605@end smallexample 7606 7607@noindent 7608can be converted to 7609 7610@smallexample 7611(ashift:SI @var{x} (const_int @var{n})) 7612@end smallexample 7613 7614@noindent 7615where @var{n} is the appropriate shift count to move the bit being 7616tested into the sign bit. 7617 7618There is no way to describe a machine that always sets the low-order bit 7619for a true value, but does not guarantee the value of any other bits, 7620but we do not know of any machine that has such an instruction. If you 7621are trying to port GCC to such a machine, include an instruction to 7622perform a logical-and of the result with 1 in the pattern for the 7623comparison operators and let us know at @email{gcc@@gcc.gnu.org}. 7624 7625Often, a machine will have multiple instructions that obtain a value 7626from a comparison (or the condition codes). Here are rules to guide the 7627choice of value for @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE}, and hence the instructions 7628to be used: 7629 7630@itemize @bullet 7631@item 7632Use the shortest sequence that yields a valid definition for 7633@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE}. It is more efficient for the compiler to 7634``normalize'' the value (convert it to, e.g., 1 or 0) than for the 7635comparison operators to do so because there may be opportunities to 7636combine the normalization with other operations. 7637 7638@item 7639For equal-length sequences, use a value of 1 or @minus{}1, with @minus{}1 being 7640slightly preferred on machines with expensive jumps and 1 preferred on 7641other machines. 7642 7643@item 7644As a second choice, choose a value of @samp{0x80000001} if instructions 7645exist that set both the sign and low-order bits but do not define the 7646others. 7647 7648@item 7649Otherwise, use a value of @samp{0x80000000}. 7650@end itemize 7651 7652Many machines can produce both the value chosen for 7653@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} and its negation in the same number of 7654instructions. On those machines, you should also define a pattern for 7655those cases, e.g., one matching 7656 7657@smallexample 7658(set @var{A} (neg:@var{m} (ne:@var{m} @var{B} @var{C}))) 7659@end smallexample 7660 7661Some machines can also perform @code{and} or @code{plus} operations on 7662condition code values with less instructions than the corresponding 7663@samp{cstore@var{mode}4} insn followed by @code{and} or @code{plus}. On those 7664machines, define the appropriate patterns. Use the names @code{incscc} 7665and @code{decscc}, respectively, for the patterns which perform 7666@code{plus} or @code{minus} operations on condition code values. See 7667@file{rs6000.md} for some examples. The GNU Superoptimizer can be used to 7668find such instruction sequences on other machines. 7669 7670If this macro is not defined, the default value, 1, is used. You need 7671not define @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} if the machine has no store-flag 7672instructions, or if the value generated by these instructions is 1. 7673@end defmac 7674 7675@defmac FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (@var{mode}) 7676A C expression that gives a nonzero @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE} value that is 7677returned when comparison operators with floating-point results are true. 7678Define this macro on machines that have comparison operations that return 7679floating-point values. If there are no such operations, do not define 7680this macro. 7681@end defmac 7682 7683@defmac VECTOR_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (@var{mode}) 7684A C expression that gives an rtx representing the nonzero true element 7685for vector comparisons. The returned rtx should be valid for the inner 7686mode of @var{mode} which is guaranteed to be a vector mode. Define 7687this macro on machines that have vector comparison operations that 7688return a vector result. If there are no such operations, do not define 7689this macro. Typically, this macro is defined as @code{const1_rtx} or 7690@code{constm1_rtx}. This macro may return @code{NULL_RTX} to prevent 7691the compiler optimizing such vector comparison operations for the 7692given mode. 7693@end defmac 7694 7695@defmac CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (@var{mode}, @var{value}) 7696@defmacx CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (@var{mode}, @var{value}) 7697A C expression that indicates whether the architecture defines a value 7698for @code{clz} or @code{ctz} with a zero operand. 7699A result of @code{0} indicates the value is undefined. 7700If the value is defined for only the RTL expression, the macro should 7701evaluate to @code{1}; if the value applies also to the corresponding optab 7702entry (which is normally the case if it expands directly into 7703the corresponding RTL), then the macro should evaluate to @code{2}. 7704In the cases where the value is defined, @var{value} should be set to 7705this value. 7706 7707If this macro is not defined, the value of @code{clz} or 7708@code{ctz} at zero is assumed to be undefined. 7709 7710This macro must be defined if the target's expansion for @code{ffs} 7711relies on a particular value to get correct results. Otherwise it 7712is not necessary, though it may be used to optimize some corner cases, and 7713to provide a default expansion for the @code{ffs} optab. 7714 7715Note that regardless of this macro the ``definedness'' of @code{clz} 7716and @code{ctz} at zero do @emph{not} extend to the builtin functions 7717visible to the user. Thus one may be free to adjust the value at will 7718to match the target expansion of these operations without fear of 7719breaking the API@. 7720@end defmac 7721 7722@defmac Pmode 7723An alias for the machine mode for pointers. On most machines, define 7724this to be the integer mode corresponding to the width of a hardware 7725pointer; @code{SImode} on 32-bit machine or @code{DImode} on 64-bit machines. 7726On some machines you must define this to be one of the partial integer 7727modes, such as @code{PSImode}. 7728 7729The width of @code{Pmode} must be at least as large as the value of 7730@code{POINTER_SIZE}. If it is not equal, you must define the macro 7731@code{POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED} to specify how pointers are extended 7732to @code{Pmode}. 7733@end defmac 7734 7735@defmac FUNCTION_MODE 7736An alias for the machine mode used for memory references to functions 7737being called, in @code{call} RTL expressions. On most CISC machines, 7738where an instruction can begin at any byte address, this should be 7739@code{QImode}. On most RISC machines, where all instructions have fixed 7740size and alignment, this should be a mode with the same size and alignment 7741as the machine instruction words - typically @code{SImode} or @code{HImode}. 7742@end defmac 7743 7744@defmac STDC_0_IN_SYSTEM_HEADERS 7745In normal operation, the preprocessor expands @code{__STDC__} to the 7746constant 1, to signify that GCC conforms to ISO Standard C@. On some 7747hosts, like Solaris, the system compiler uses a different convention, 7748where @code{__STDC__} is normally 0, but is 1 if the user specifies 7749strict conformance to the C Standard. 7750 7751Defining @code{STDC_0_IN_SYSTEM_HEADERS} makes GNU CPP follows the host 7752convention when processing system header files, but when processing user 7753files @code{__STDC__} will always expand to 1. 7754@end defmac 7755 7756@hook TARGET_C_PREINCLUDE 7757 7758@hook TARGET_CXX_IMPLICIT_EXTERN_C 7759 7760@defmac SYSTEM_IMPLICIT_EXTERN_C 7761Define this macro if the system header files do not support C++@. 7762This macro handles system header files by pretending that system 7763header files are enclosed in @samp{extern "C" @{@dots{}@}}. 7764@end defmac 7765 7766@findex #pragma 7767@findex pragma 7768@defmac REGISTER_TARGET_PRAGMAS () 7769Define this macro if you want to implement any target-specific pragmas. 7770If defined, it is a C expression which makes a series of calls to 7771@code{c_register_pragma} or @code{c_register_pragma_with_expansion} 7772for each pragma. The macro may also do any 7773setup required for the pragmas. 7774 7775The primary reason to define this macro is to provide compatibility with 7776other compilers for the same target. In general, we discourage 7777definition of target-specific pragmas for GCC@. 7778 7779If the pragma can be implemented by attributes then you should consider 7780defining the target hook @samp{TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES} as well. 7781 7782Preprocessor macros that appear on pragma lines are not expanded. All 7783@samp{#pragma} directives that do not match any registered pragma are 7784silently ignored, unless the user specifies @option{-Wunknown-pragmas}. 7785@end defmac 7786 7787@deftypefun void c_register_pragma (const char *@var{space}, const char *@var{name}, void (*@var{callback}) (struct cpp_reader *)) 7788@deftypefunx void c_register_pragma_with_expansion (const char *@var{space}, const char *@var{name}, void (*@var{callback}) (struct cpp_reader *)) 7789 7790Each call to @code{c_register_pragma} or 7791@code{c_register_pragma_with_expansion} establishes one pragma. The 7792@var{callback} routine will be called when the preprocessor encounters a 7793pragma of the form 7794 7795@smallexample 7796#pragma [@var{space}] @var{name} @dots{} 7797@end smallexample 7798 7799@var{space} is the case-sensitive namespace of the pragma, or 7800@code{NULL} to put the pragma in the global namespace. The callback 7801routine receives @var{pfile} as its first argument, which can be passed 7802on to cpplib's functions if necessary. You can lex tokens after the 7803@var{name} by calling @code{pragma_lex}. Tokens that are not read by the 7804callback will be silently ignored. The end of the line is indicated by 7805a token of type @code{CPP_EOF}. Macro expansion occurs on the 7806arguments of pragmas registered with 7807@code{c_register_pragma_with_expansion} but not on the arguments of 7808pragmas registered with @code{c_register_pragma}. 7809 7810Note that the use of @code{pragma_lex} is specific to the C and C++ 7811compilers. It will not work in the Java or Fortran compilers, or any 7812other language compilers for that matter. Thus if @code{pragma_lex} is going 7813to be called from target-specific code, it must only be done so when 7814building the C and C++ compilers. This can be done by defining the 7815variables @code{c_target_objs} and @code{cxx_target_objs} in the 7816target entry in the @file{config.gcc} file. These variables should name 7817the target-specific, language-specific object file which contains the 7818code that uses @code{pragma_lex}. Note it will also be necessary to add a 7819rule to the makefile fragment pointed to by @code{tmake_file} that shows 7820how to build this object file. 7821@end deftypefun 7822 7823@defmac HANDLE_PRAGMA_PACK_WITH_EXPANSION 7824Define this macro if macros should be expanded in the 7825arguments of @samp{#pragma pack}. 7826@end defmac 7827 7828@defmac TARGET_DEFAULT_PACK_STRUCT 7829If your target requires a structure packing default other than 0 (meaning 7830the machine default), define this macro to the necessary value (in bytes). 7831This must be a value that would also be valid to use with 7832@samp{#pragma pack()} (that is, a small power of two). 7833@end defmac 7834 7835@defmac DOLLARS_IN_IDENTIFIERS 7836Define this macro to control use of the character @samp{$} in 7837identifier names for the C family of languages. 0 means @samp{$} is 7838not allowed by default; 1 means it is allowed. 1 is the default; 7839there is no need to define this macro in that case. 7840@end defmac 7841 7842@defmac INSN_SETS_ARE_DELAYED (@var{insn}) 7843Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if it is safe for the 7844delay slot scheduler to place instructions in the delay slot of @var{insn}, 7845even if they appear to use a resource set or clobbered in @var{insn}. 7846@var{insn} is always a @code{jump_insn} or an @code{insn}; GCC knows that 7847every @code{call_insn} has this behavior. On machines where some @code{insn} 7848or @code{jump_insn} is really a function call and hence has this behavior, 7849you should define this macro. 7850 7851You need not define this macro if it would always return zero. 7852@end defmac 7853 7854@defmac INSN_REFERENCES_ARE_DELAYED (@var{insn}) 7855Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if it is safe for the 7856delay slot scheduler to place instructions in the delay slot of @var{insn}, 7857even if they appear to set or clobber a resource referenced in @var{insn}. 7858@var{insn} is always a @code{jump_insn} or an @code{insn}. On machines where 7859some @code{insn} or @code{jump_insn} is really a function call and its operands 7860are registers whose use is actually in the subroutine it calls, you should 7861define this macro. Doing so allows the delay slot scheduler to move 7862instructions which copy arguments into the argument registers into the delay 7863slot of @var{insn}. 7864 7865You need not define this macro if it would always return zero. 7866@end defmac 7867 7868@defmac MULTIPLE_SYMBOL_SPACES 7869Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if, in some cases, 7870global symbols from one translation unit may not be bound to undefined 7871symbols in another translation unit without user intervention. For 7872instance, under Microsoft Windows symbols must be explicitly imported 7873from shared libraries (DLLs). 7874 7875You need not define this macro if it would always evaluate to zero. 7876@end defmac 7877 7878@hook TARGET_MD_ASM_ADJUST 7879 7880@defmac MATH_LIBRARY 7881Define this macro as a C string constant for the linker argument to link 7882in the system math library, minus the initial @samp{"-l"}, or 7883@samp{""} if the target does not have a 7884separate math library. 7885 7886You need only define this macro if the default of @samp{"m"} is wrong. 7887@end defmac 7888 7889@defmac LIBRARY_PATH_ENV 7890Define this macro as a C string constant for the environment variable that 7891specifies where the linker should look for libraries. 7892 7893You need only define this macro if the default of @samp{"LIBRARY_PATH"} 7894is wrong. 7895@end defmac 7896 7897@defmac TARGET_POSIX_IO 7898Define this macro if the target supports the following POSIX@ file 7899functions, access, mkdir and file locking with fcntl / F_SETLKW@. 7900Defining @code{TARGET_POSIX_IO} will enable the test coverage code 7901to use file locking when exiting a program, which avoids race conditions 7902if the program has forked. It will also create directories at run-time 7903for cross-profiling. 7904@end defmac 7905 7906@defmac MAX_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTE 7907 7908A C expression for the maximum number of instructions to execute via 7909conditional execution instructions instead of a branch. A value of 7910@code{BRANCH_COST}+1 is the default if the machine does not use cc0, and 79111 if it does use cc0. 7912@end defmac 7913 7914@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_TESTS (@var{ce_info}, @var{true_expr}, @var{false_expr}) 7915Used if the target needs to perform machine-dependent modifications on the 7916conditionals used for turning basic blocks into conditionally executed code. 7917@var{ce_info} points to a data structure, @code{struct ce_if_block}, which 7918contains information about the currently processed blocks. @var{true_expr} 7919and @var{false_expr} are the tests that are used for converting the 7920then-block and the else-block, respectively. Set either @var{true_expr} or 7921@var{false_expr} to a null pointer if the tests cannot be converted. 7922@end defmac 7923 7924@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_MULTIPLE_TESTS (@var{ce_info}, @var{bb}, @var{true_expr}, @var{false_expr}) 7925Like @code{IFCVT_MODIFY_TESTS}, but used when converting more complicated 7926if-statements into conditions combined by @code{and} and @code{or} operations. 7927@var{bb} contains the basic block that contains the test that is currently 7928being processed and about to be turned into a condition. 7929@end defmac 7930 7931@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_INSN (@var{ce_info}, @var{pattern}, @var{insn}) 7932A C expression to modify the @var{PATTERN} of an @var{INSN} that is to 7933be converted to conditional execution format. @var{ce_info} points to 7934a data structure, @code{struct ce_if_block}, which contains information 7935about the currently processed blocks. 7936@end defmac 7937 7938@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_FINAL (@var{ce_info}) 7939A C expression to perform any final machine dependent modifications in 7940converting code to conditional execution. The involved basic blocks 7941can be found in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed 7942to by @var{ce_info}. 7943@end defmac 7944 7945@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_CANCEL (@var{ce_info}) 7946A C expression to cancel any machine dependent modifications in 7947converting code to conditional execution. The involved basic blocks 7948can be found in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed 7949to by @var{ce_info}. 7950@end defmac 7951 7952@defmac IFCVT_MACHDEP_INIT (@var{ce_info}) 7953A C expression to initialize any machine specific data for if-conversion 7954of the if-block in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed 7955to by @var{ce_info}. 7956@end defmac 7957 7958@hook TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG 7959 7960@hook TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS 7961 7962@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_DECL 7963 7964@hook TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN 7965 7966@hook TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN 7967 7968@hook TARGET_CHECK_BUILTIN_CALL 7969 7970@hook TARGET_FOLD_BUILTIN 7971 7972@hook TARGET_GIMPLE_FOLD_BUILTIN 7973 7974@hook TARGET_COMPARE_VERSION_PRIORITY 7975 7976@hook TARGET_GET_FUNCTION_VERSIONS_DISPATCHER 7977 7978@hook TARGET_GENERATE_VERSION_DISPATCHER_BODY 7979 7980@hook TARGET_PREDICT_DOLOOP_P 7981 7982@hook TARGET_HAVE_COUNT_REG_DECR_P 7983 7984@hook TARGET_DOLOOP_COST_FOR_GENERIC 7985 7986@hook TARGET_DOLOOP_COST_FOR_ADDRESS 7987 7988@hook TARGET_CAN_USE_DOLOOP_P 7989 7990@hook TARGET_INVALID_WITHIN_DOLOOP 7991 7992@hook TARGET_LEGITIMATE_COMBINED_INSN 7993 7994@hook TARGET_CAN_FOLLOW_JUMP 7995 7996@hook TARGET_COMMUTATIVE_P 7997 7998@hook TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE 7999 8000@hook TARGET_UNSPEC_MAY_TRAP_P 8001 8002@hook TARGET_SET_CURRENT_FUNCTION 8003 8004@defmac TARGET_OBJECT_SUFFIX 8005Define this macro to be a C string representing the suffix for object 8006files on your target machine. If you do not define this macro, GCC will 8007use @samp{.o} as the suffix for object files. 8008@end defmac 8009 8010@defmac TARGET_EXECUTABLE_SUFFIX 8011Define this macro to be a C string representing the suffix to be 8012automatically added to executable files on your target machine. If you 8013do not define this macro, GCC will use the null string as the suffix for 8014executable files. 8015@end defmac 8016 8017@defmac COLLECT_EXPORT_LIST 8018If defined, @code{collect2} will scan the individual object files 8019specified on its command line and create an export list for the linker. 8020Define this macro for systems like AIX, where the linker discards 8021object files that are not referenced from @code{main} and uses export 8022lists. 8023@end defmac 8024 8025@hook TARGET_CANNOT_MODIFY_JUMPS_P 8026 8027@hook TARGET_HAVE_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTION 8028 8029@hook TARGET_GEN_CCMP_FIRST 8030 8031@hook TARGET_GEN_CCMP_NEXT 8032 8033@hook TARGET_LOOP_UNROLL_ADJUST 8034 8035@defmac POWI_MAX_MULTS 8036If defined, this macro is interpreted as a signed integer C expression 8037that specifies the maximum number of floating point multiplications 8038that should be emitted when expanding exponentiation by an integer 8039constant inline. When this value is defined, exponentiation requiring 8040more than this number of multiplications is implemented by calling the 8041system library's @code{pow}, @code{powf} or @code{powl} routines. 8042The default value places no upper bound on the multiplication count. 8043@end defmac 8044 8045@deftypefn Macro void TARGET_EXTRA_INCLUDES (const char *@var{sysroot}, const char *@var{iprefix}, int @var{stdinc}) 8046This target hook should register any extra include files for the 8047target. The parameter @var{stdinc} indicates if normal include files 8048are present. The parameter @var{sysroot} is the system root directory. 8049The parameter @var{iprefix} is the prefix for the gcc directory. 8050@end deftypefn 8051 8052@deftypefn Macro void TARGET_EXTRA_PRE_INCLUDES (const char *@var{sysroot}, const char *@var{iprefix}, int @var{stdinc}) 8053This target hook should register any extra include files for the 8054target before any standard headers. The parameter @var{stdinc} 8055indicates if normal include files are present. The parameter 8056@var{sysroot} is the system root directory. The parameter 8057@var{iprefix} is the prefix for the gcc directory. 8058@end deftypefn 8059 8060@deftypefn Macro void TARGET_OPTF (char *@var{path}) 8061This target hook should register special include paths for the target. 8062The parameter @var{path} is the include to register. On Darwin 8063systems, this is used for Framework includes, which have semantics 8064that are different from @option{-I}. 8065@end deftypefn 8066 8067@defmac bool TARGET_USE_LOCAL_THUNK_ALIAS_P (tree @var{fndecl}) 8068This target macro returns @code{true} if it is safe to use a local alias 8069for a virtual function @var{fndecl} when constructing thunks, 8070@code{false} otherwise. By default, the macro returns @code{true} for all 8071functions, if a target supports aliases (i.e.@: defines 8072@code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF}), @code{false} otherwise, 8073@end defmac 8074 8075@defmac TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES 8076If defined, this macro is the name of a global variable containing 8077target-specific format checking information for the @option{-Wformat} 8078option. The default is to have no target-specific format checks. 8079@end defmac 8080 8081@defmac TARGET_N_FORMAT_TYPES 8082If defined, this macro is the number of entries in 8083@code{TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES}. 8084@end defmac 8085 8086@defmac TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES 8087If defined, this macro is the name of a global variable containing 8088target-specific format overrides for the @option{-Wformat} option. The 8089default is to have no target-specific format overrides. If defined, 8090@code{TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES} must be defined, too. 8091@end defmac 8092 8093@defmac TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES_COUNT 8094If defined, this macro specifies the number of entries in 8095@code{TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES}. 8096@end defmac 8097 8098@defmac TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_INIT 8099If defined, this macro specifies the optional initialization 8100routine for target specific customizations of the system printf 8101and scanf formatter settings. 8102@end defmac 8103 8104@hook TARGET_INVALID_ARG_FOR_UNPROTOTYPED_FN 8105 8106@hook TARGET_INVALID_CONVERSION 8107 8108@hook TARGET_INVALID_UNARY_OP 8109 8110@hook TARGET_INVALID_BINARY_OP 8111 8112@hook TARGET_PROMOTED_TYPE 8113 8114@hook TARGET_CONVERT_TO_TYPE 8115 8116@hook TARGET_VERIFY_TYPE_CONTEXT 8117 8118@defmac OBJC_JBLEN 8119This macro determines the size of the objective C jump buffer for the 8120NeXT runtime. By default, OBJC_JBLEN is defined to an innocuous value. 8121@end defmac 8122 8123@defmac LIBGCC2_UNWIND_ATTRIBUTE 8124Define this macro if any target-specific attributes need to be attached 8125to the functions in @file{libgcc} that provide low-level support for 8126call stack unwinding. It is used in declarations in @file{unwind-generic.h} 8127and the associated definitions of those functions. 8128@end defmac 8129 8130@hook TARGET_UPDATE_STACK_BOUNDARY 8131 8132@hook TARGET_GET_DRAP_RTX 8133 8134@hook TARGET_ZERO_CALL_USED_REGS 8135 8136@hook TARGET_ALLOCATE_STACK_SLOTS_FOR_ARGS 8137 8138@hook TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR 8139 8140@hook TARGET_ASAN_SHADOW_OFFSET 8141 8142@hook TARGET_MEMMODEL_CHECK 8143 8144@hook TARGET_ATOMIC_TEST_AND_SET_TRUEVAL 8145 8146@hook TARGET_HAS_IFUNC_P 8147 8148@hook TARGET_ATOMIC_ALIGN_FOR_MODE 8149 8150@hook TARGET_ATOMIC_ASSIGN_EXPAND_FENV 8151 8152@hook TARGET_RECORD_OFFLOAD_SYMBOL 8153 8154@hook TARGET_OFFLOAD_OPTIONS 8155 8156@defmac TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT 8157 8158On older ports, large integers are stored in @code{CONST_DOUBLE} rtl 8159objects. Newer ports define @code{TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT} to be nonzero 8160to indicate that large integers are stored in 8161@code{CONST_WIDE_INT} rtl objects. The @code{CONST_WIDE_INT} allows 8162very large integer constants to be represented. @code{CONST_DOUBLE} 8163is limited to twice the size of the host's @code{HOST_WIDE_INT} 8164representation. 8165 8166Converting a port mostly requires looking for the places where 8167@code{CONST_DOUBLE}s are used with @code{VOIDmode} and replacing that 8168code with code that accesses @code{CONST_WIDE_INT}s. @samp{"grep -i 8169const_double"} at the port level gets you to 95% of the changes that 8170need to be made. There are a few places that require a deeper look. 8171 8172@itemize @bullet 8173@item 8174There is no equivalent to @code{hval} and @code{lval} for 8175@code{CONST_WIDE_INT}s. This would be difficult to express in the md 8176language since there are a variable number of elements. 8177 8178Most ports only check that @code{hval} is either 0 or -1 to see if the 8179value is small. As mentioned above, this will no longer be necessary 8180since small constants are always @code{CONST_INT}. Of course there 8181are still a few exceptions, the alpha's constraint used by the zap 8182instruction certainly requires careful examination by C code. 8183However, all the current code does is pass the hval and lval to C 8184code, so evolving the c code to look at the @code{CONST_WIDE_INT} is 8185not really a large change. 8186 8187@item 8188Because there is no standard template that ports use to materialize 8189constants, there is likely to be some futzing that is unique to each 8190port in this code. 8191 8192@item 8193The rtx costs may have to be adjusted to properly account for larger 8194constants that are represented as @code{CONST_WIDE_INT}. 8195@end itemize 8196 8197All and all it does not take long to convert ports that the 8198maintainer is familiar with. 8199 8200@end defmac 8201 8202@hook TARGET_HAVE_SPECULATION_SAFE_VALUE 8203 8204@hook TARGET_SPECULATION_SAFE_VALUE 8205 8206@hook TARGET_RUN_TARGET_SELFTESTS 8207 8208@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_CAN_TAG_ADDRESSES 8209 8210@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_TAG_SIZE 8211 8212@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_GRANULE_SIZE 8213 8214@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_INSERT_RANDOM_TAG 8215 8216@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_ADD_TAG 8217 8218@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_SET_TAG 8219 8220@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_EXTRACT_TAG 8221 8222@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_UNTAGGED_POINTER 8223